[MERGE] Forward port of 11.0 up to bcce8b4

This commit is contained in:
Yannick Tivisse 2018-09-19 17:09:45 +02:00
commit c33ba77aad
439 changed files with 61745 additions and 30372 deletions

1
.gitignore vendored
View File

@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
*.pyc
.*
*.mo
# sphinx build directories
_build/

View File

@ -82,6 +82,11 @@ file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po
source_file = locale/sources/point_of_sale.pot
source_lang = en
[odoo-11-doc.portal]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po
source_file = locale/sources/portal.pot
source_lang = en
[odoo-11-doc.practical]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po
source_file = locale/sources/practical.pot

View File

@ -21,10 +21,12 @@ def setup(app):
app.add_node(div, html=(
lambda self, node: self.body.append(self.starttag(node, 'div')),
lambda self, node: self.body.append('</div>\n')))
# override parameter was added for version sphinx >= 1.4, TypeError before
kw = {'override': True} if sphinx.version_info >= (1, 4) else {}
app.add_node(address, html=(
lambda self, node: self.body.append(self.starttag(node, 'address')),
lambda self, node: self.body.append('</address>\n')
))
), **kw) # docutils.nodes.address exists and is a bibliographic element
app.add_node(cite, html=(visit_cite, depart_cite))
for name, node in [('mark', mark), ('ins', insert), ('del', delete),
('s', strikethrough), ('u', underline), ('small', small),

BIN
_static/banners/mobile.jpg Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 105 KiB

View File

@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ accounting and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for
this market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your
company in Mexico.
Configuration
Configuration
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.. tip::
@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo.
.. image:: media/mexico02.png
:align: center
.. _mx-legal-info:
3. Set you legal information in the company
-------------------------------------------
@ -585,8 +587,8 @@ FAQ
**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a
mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on
:menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill
all the required fields for your address following the step `3. Set you
legal information in the company`.
all the required fields for your address following the step
:ref:`mx-legal-info`.
- **Error message**:

View File

@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ before posting them to your accounts.
.. tip:: if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will
automatically be filled in the supplier bill.
How to deprecate an asset?
==========================
How to depreciate an asset?
===========================
Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right
date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in

View File

@ -88,15 +88,15 @@ must:
For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:
- your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded
- your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded
- but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or
- but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or
eCommerce website
Setting your products
---------------------
Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is
Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is
usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale
Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`
of the Accounting application.
@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop.
Avoid changing every sale order
===============================
If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price
included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal
If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax
included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal
position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically
at every sale of this customer.

View File

@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ entries are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits).
Accrual and Cash Basis Methods
==============================
Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to
Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to
report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when
payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis).
Multi-companies
===============
Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each
Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each
company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get
consolidation reports following your consolidation rules.
@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ web-service.
International Standards
=======================
Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core
accounting implement accounting standards that is common to all
countries and specific modules exists per country for the
Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core
accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all
countries. Specific modules exist per country for the
specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or
bank interfaces.
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:
* Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking
countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand)
where cost of good sold are reported when products are
where costs of good sold are reported when products are
sold/delivered.
* European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier
bill.
@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ bank statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also
remembers how you've treated other bank statement lines and provides
suggested general ledger transactions.
Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority
=============================================
Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority
============================================
Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and
uses these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ average price, LIFO (for countries allowing it) and FIFO.
Easy retained earnings
======================
Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your
Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your
business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in
real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is
calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 15 KiB

View File

@ -21,5 +21,4 @@ Applications
expense/expense
general
iot
.. expenses
.. recruitment
mobile/firebase

View File

@ -317,6 +317,7 @@ LANGUAGES = {
'hr': 'Croatian',
'nl': 'Dutch',
'pt_BR': 'Portuguese (BR)',
'uk': 'Ukrainian',
'zh_CN': 'Chinese',
}

View File

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Solutions
* Check if your subscription details get the tag "In Progress" on
your `Odoo Account
<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account Manager
<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account Manager
* Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Solutions
<https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)
* You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract
<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button "Unlink database"
<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button "Unlink database"
.. image:: media/unlink_single_db.png
:align: center
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Solutions
* If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same
UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract
<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear
<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear
specifying which database is problematic:
.. image:: media/unlink_db_name_collision.png

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 21 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 21 KiB

View File

@ -4,16 +4,21 @@ How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo
This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't
benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo,
unlike in `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__.
unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__.
If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly recommend that
you opt for such convenient Odoo hosting solutions. Indeed their email system
you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system
works instantly and is monitored by professionals.
Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want
to manage your email server's reputation yourself.
You will find here below some useful
information to do so by integrating your own email solution with Odoo.
information on how to integrate your own email solution with Odoo.
.. note:: Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails
from hosts like Odoo.
Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__
to make it work.
How to manage outbound messages
===============================
@ -150,3 +155,6 @@ alias in your mail server.
You can change this value in developer mode.
Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation -->
Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*.
.. _Office 365 documentation:
https://support.office.com/en-us/article/how-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4

View File

@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
:banner: banners/expense.jpg
========
Expenses
========
.. toctree::
:titlesonly:
expense/expense

View File

@ -223,18 +223,46 @@ duplicate your instance in 10 minutes, and more!
Support
~~~~~~~
Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at
no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams
are in San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about
anything and everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to configure them, bugfix requests,
payments, or subscription issues.
Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra
cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure you
have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could be
communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!
What kind of support is included?
- Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation,
etc...)
- Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg.
“I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)
- Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing
- Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to
misconfiguration or customization)
- Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer version
*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives you
the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*
What kind of support is not included?
- Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to
help you implement your database
- Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many resources)
- Importation of documents into your database
- Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the database
- How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes,
Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)
- Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done
either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or
involving code)
You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__.
With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way your business runs and
tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all
configurations and coach you on how to use Odoo.
Our support team can be contacted through our
`online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__.
Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import
data or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated
project manager, as part of the Success Pack.
Upgrades
~~~~~~~~

View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ You will need :
* The POSBox
* A 2A Power adapter
* A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser
* A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed
* A running SaaS or Odoo database with the Point of Sale installed
* A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)
* An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer
(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page
@ -80,15 +80,15 @@ Setup the Point of Sale
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point
of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of
Sale. Scroll down to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and
of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your Point of
Sale. Scroll down to the ``PoSBox / Hardware Proxy`` section and
activate the options for the hardware you want to use through the
POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox is recommended (it is printed
on the receipt that gets printed after booting up the POSBox). When
the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will attempt to find it on
the local network.
If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure
If you are running multiple Point of Sale on the same POSBox, make sure
that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated.
It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in
@ -176,9 +176,9 @@ Image building process
----------------------
We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in
https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. More
https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. More
specifically, we run
`posbox_create_image.sh <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_.
`posbox_create_image.sh <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/11.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_.
This builds an image
called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to `nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_
for users to download.
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Prerequisites
-------------
- A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)
- A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale
- A running Odoo instance you connect to load the Point of Sale
- You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict
with Odoo's built-in driver

View File

@ -62,6 +62,10 @@ Terms and Conditions
:alt: Download Odoo Partnership Agreement (FR)
:target: odoo_partnership_agreement_fr.pdf
.. |view_enterprise_nl| image:: _static/banners/txt.svg
:alt: View Odoo Enterprise Agreement (NL)
:target: legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_nl.html
.. |view_partnership_fr| image:: _static/banners/txt.svg
:alt: View Odoo Partnership Agreement (FR)
:target: legal/terms/i18n/partnership_fr.html
@ -118,7 +122,7 @@ Terms and Conditions
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
| | **English** | Français | Nederlands | Deutsch | Español |
+====================================================================+=======================================================================+========================================================================+=======================================================================+=======================================================================+=======================================================================+
| Odoo Enterprise Agreement (Also applies to Odoo Cloud and Odoo.sh) | |view_enterprise_en| |download_enterprise_en| | |view_enterprise_fr| |download_enterprise_fr| | (Coming soon) | |view_enterprise_de| |download_enterprise_de| | (Coming soon) |
| Odoo Enterprise Agreement (Also applies to Odoo Cloud and Odoo.sh) | |view_enterprise_en| |download_enterprise_en| | |view_enterprise_fr| |download_enterprise_fr| | |view_enterprise_nl| |download_enterprise_nl| | |view_enterprise_de| |download_enterprise_de| | (Coming soon) |
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Odoo Partnership Agreement | |view_partnership_en| |download_partnership_en| | |view_partnership_fr| |download_partnership_fr| | (Coming soon) | (Coming soon) | |view_partnership_es| |download_partnership_es| |
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+

View File

@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
:orphan:
.. _list_code_of_conduct:
====================================

View File

@ -96,6 +96,8 @@ fee equal to 300% of the applicable list price for the actual number of Users an
4 Services
==========
.. _bugfix:
4.1 Bug Fixing Service
----------------------
@ -197,7 +199,7 @@ Upgrade Service for third-party extensions
For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may request optional upgrade services for
third-party extension modules of the Software, in addition to the regular Upgrade Services.
This optional service is subject to additional fees (as described in charges_) and includes the
This optional service is subject to additional fees (as described in :ref:`charges`) and includes the
technical adaptation of third-party modules installed in the Customer's database and their
corresponding data in order to be compatible with the Target Version. The Customer will receive an
upgraded version of all installed third-party modules along with the upgraded database.
@ -223,14 +225,14 @@ https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla.
.. _support_service:
4.4 Support Services
4.5 Support Services
--------------------
Scope
+++++
For the duration of this Agreement, the Customer may open an unlimited number of support tickets
free of charge, exclusively for questions regarding Bugs (see 4.1 Bug Fixing Service) or guidance
free of charge, exclusively for questions regarding Bugs (see :ref:`bugfix`) or guidance
with respect to the use of the standard features of the Software and Services
(functionalities, intended use, configuration, troubleshooting).

View File

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
:orphan:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 4

View File

@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ abzudecken.
Bei einer Verlängerung gemäß Abschnitt :ref:`term_de` erhöhen sich die Gebühren um bis
zu 7 %, wenn die in der vorherigen Laufzeit erhobenen Gebühren niedriger als der dann
gültige Listenpreis pro Benutzer waren.
gültige Listenpreis waren.
.. _charges_thirdparty_de:

View File

@ -12,16 +12,18 @@ Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (FR)
La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”
est la :ref:`version originale en anglais <enterprise_agreement>`.
.. note:: Version 7.1 - 2018-03-16
.. note:: Version 8.0 - 2018-05-22
.. v6: add "App" definition + update pricing per-App
.. v7: remove possibility of price change at renewal after prior notice
.. 7.1: specify that 7% renewal increase applies to all charges, not just per-User.
.. v8.0: adapt for "Self-Hosting" + "Data Protection" for GDPR
En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les "Services") fournis par Odoo SA et ses filiales
(collectivement, "Odoo SA") en relation avec Odoo Enterprise Edition ou Odoo Community Edition
(le "Logiciel"), vous (le "Client") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes
(le "Logiciel"), hébergé sur le plate-formes Cloud d'Odoo SA (la "Plate-forme Cloud") ou sur site
("Auto-Hébergement"), vous (le "Client") acceptez d'être lié par les conditions générales suivantes
(le "Contrat").
.. _term_fr:
@ -29,10 +31,10 @@ En vous abonnant aux services de Odoo Enterprise (les "Services") fournis par Od
1 Durée du Contrat
==================
La durée du présent contrat (la "Durée") doit être au minimum d'un an et telle que spécifiée par
écrit à la signature du Contrat, à compter de la date de la signature. Celui-ci est automatiquement
La durée du présent contrat (la "Durée") sera spécifiée par
écrit à la conclusion du Contrat, à compter de la date de la conclusion. Celui-ci est automatiquement
reconduit pour une même durée, à moins que l'une des parties nenvoie à l'autre partie un préavis
écrit de résiliation, par lettre recommandée, et au moins 30 jours avant la date d'échéance du contrat .
écrit de résiliation, et au moins 30 jours avant la date d'échéance du contrat.
.. _definitions_fr:
@ -47,8 +49,8 @@ Utilisateur
App
Une "App" est un ensemble de fonctionnalités, disponible pour installation dans le Logiciel,
et inclus dans la section Tarifs Odoo sur `le site d'Odoo SA <https://www.odoo.com>`, au moment
de la signature de ce Contrat.
et inclus dans la section Tarifs Odoo sur `le site d'Odoo SA <https://www.odoo.com>`_, au moment
de la conclusion de ce Contrat.
Bug
Désigne toute défaillance du Logiciel qui se traduit par un arrêt complet, un message d'erreur
@ -59,19 +61,24 @@ Bug
fonctionnalité spécifique à un pays ne répond plus aux exigences comptables légales de ce pays).
Versions Couvertes
Tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement aux Versions
Sauf exception explicite, tous les Services dans le cadre du présent contrat s'appliquent uniquement aux Versions
Couvertes du Logiciel, qui comprennent les trois (3) plus récentes versions majeures.
Afin d'être considérées comme couvertes par le Contrat, les installations du client doivent
utiliser la Version couverte la plus récente au moment de la signature du Contrat. Dans le cas
Afin d'être considérées comme couvertes par le Contrat, le client doit
utiliser la Version couverte la plus récente au moment de la conclusion du Contrat. Dans le cas
contraire, des frais supplémentaires sont d'application, tels que décrit dans la section
:ref:`charges_fr`
.. _enterprise_access_fr:
3 Accès à Odoo Enterprise Edition
=================================
3 Accès au Logiciel
===================
Le Client peut utiliser le Logiciel hébergé sur la Plate-forme Cloud, ou choisir l'option de l'Auto-Hébergement.
La Plate-forme Cloud est hébergée et entièrement gérée par Odoo SA, and accédée à distance par le Client.
En cas d'Auto-Hébergement, le Client héberge lui-même le Logiciel sur un système informatique de
son choix, hors du contrôle d'Odoo SA.
Pour toute la durée du présent Contrat, Odoo SA octroie au Client une licence non exclusive,
non transférable d'utilisation (exécution, modification, exécution après modification) du logiciel
@ -88,7 +95,8 @@ respectant sa politique officielle de confidentialité, telle que publiée sur
https://www.odoo.com/privacy.
À l'expiration ou la résiliation de ce Contrat, cette licence est immédiatement révoquée et le
Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition.
Client accepte de cesser toute utilisation du logiciel Odoo Enterprise Edition et de la Plate-forme
Cloud.
Si le Client devait enfreindre les dispositions de la présente section, il accepte de payer
à Odoo SA des frais supplémentaires équivalents à 300 % du tarif en vigueur applicable
@ -100,6 +108,8 @@ correspondant au nombre réel d'Utilisateurs et aux Apps installées.
4 Services inclus
=================
.. _bugfix_fr:
4.1 Service de correction de Bugs
---------------------------------
@ -112,7 +122,8 @@ du Client dans un délai de 2 jours ouvrables.
Le Client accepte que les Bugs causés par toute modification ou extension qui ne fait pas partie
de la version officielle du Logiciel ne seront pas couverts par ce service.
Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au Client. Si le Bug a été
Dès que le Bug est remédié, un correctif approprié sera communiqué au Client.
En cas d'Auto-Hébergement, si le Bug a été
résolu dans une nouvelle mise à jour de la Version Couverte du Logiciel utilisée par le Client,
ce dernier s'engage à actualiser ses systèmes vers la nouvelle mise à jour, afin d'obtenir
le correctif. Il ne sera jamais demandé au Client de passer à une Version Couverte
@ -125,8 +136,13 @@ Les deux parties reconnaissent que comme spécifié dans la licence du Logiciel
:ref:`liability_fr` de ce Contrat, Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable des Bugs du Logiciel.
4.2 Service d'alertes de sécurité
---------------------------------
4.2 Mises à jour de sécurité
----------------------------
.. _secu_self_hosting_fr:
Auto-Hébergement
++++++++++++++++
Pour la durée du Contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à envoyer une "alerte de sécurité"" au Client
pour tout Bug présentant un risque de sécurité qui serait découvert dans les Versions Couvertes
@ -139,6 +155,16 @@ Le Client s'engage à traiter le Bug de sécurité et les informations figurant
sécurité comme des Informations Confidentielles telles que décrites à la section
:ref:`confidentiality_fr` pendant toute la période d'embargo avant la divulgation publique.
.. _secu_cloud_platform_fr:
Plate-forme Cloud
+++++++++++++++++
Odoo SA s'engage à appliquer les correctifs de sécurité pour tout Bug de sécurité découvert
dans une version du Logiciel hébergé sur la Plate-forme Cloud, sur tous les systèmes sous son
contrôle, dès que le correctif est disponible, et sans intervention manuelle du Client.
.. _upgrade_fr:
4.3 Service de migration
@ -154,7 +180,10 @@ les procédures appropriées (généralement, via le site du service de migratio
afin de convertir une base de données du Logiciel d'une Version Couverte du Logiciel à une
Version Couverte plus récente (la "Version Cible").
Les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie de sauvegarde complète de la
Pour la Plate-forme Cloud, les demandes de migration sont envoyées directement depuis la panneau
de contrôle de la Plate-forme Cloud, et ne requièrent pas d'envoi de données.
Pour l'Auto-Hébergement,
les demandes de migration doivent inclure une copie de sauvegarde complète de la
base de données du Client et les données associées (généralement obtenues à partir du menu
Backup du Logiciel). Lorsque cela est nécessaire pour des raisons de sécurité des données ou
de réglementation, le Service de migration inclut un outil facultatif pour rendre anonymes
@ -188,12 +217,58 @@ Service de migration des modules tiers
Pour la durée du Contrat, le Client a la possibilité de faire une demande de migration
pour des modules d'extension tiers, en plus de la migration normale du Logiciel.
Ce service en option implique des frais supplémentaires (décrits dans la section charges_fr_)
Ce service en option implique des frais supplémentaires (décrits dans la section :ref:`charges_fr`)
et comprend l'adaptation technique des modules tiers installés dans la base de données du
Client et de leurs données correspondantes afin qu'elles soient compatibles
avec la Version Cible. Le Client recevra une version migrée de tous les modules tiers installés
accompagnée de la base de données migrée.
.. _cloud_hosting_fr:
4.4 Service d'Hébergement Cloud
-------------------------------
Pour la durée du présent Contrat, lorsque le Client choisit d'utiliser la Plate-forme Cloud,
Odoo SA s'engage à fournir au minimum le service suivant:
- Choix de plusieurs régions d'hébergement (minimum 3: Europe, America, Asia/Pacific)
- Hébergement en centre de données Tiers-III ou équivalent, avec 99.9% de disponibilité
- Cryptage des communications SSL Grade A (HTTPS)
- Sauvegardes automatisées et vérifiées, répliquées dans plusieurs régions
- Plan de Reprise d'Activité, testé régulièrement
Les détails du Service d'Hébergement Cloud sont décrits sur la page du Service Level Agreement:
https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla.
.. _support_service_fr:
4.5 Service d'Assistance
------------------------
Portée
++++++
Pour la durée du présent Contrat, le Client peut ouvrir un nombre non limité de demandes d'assistance
sans frais, exclusivement pour des questions relatives à des Bugs (voir :ref:`bugfix_fr`) ou des
explications au sujet de l'utilisation des fonctions standard du Logiciel et des Services
(fonctionnalités, utilisation prévue, configuration, résolution d'erreur).
D'autres types de demandes, telles que celles relatives à des développements, des personnalisations,
de l'installation en mode Auto-Hébergement, ou tout service requiérant l'accès à la base de données
du Client pevent être couverts par l'achat séparé d'un Pack de Services.
Au cas où il n'est pas clair qu'une demande est couverte par ce Contrat ou via l'achat d'un
Pack de Services, la décision sera à la discrétion d'Odoo SA.
Disponibilité
+++++++++++++
Les demandes d'assistances peuvent être soumises à tout moment en ligne via https://www.odoo.com/help,
ou par téléphone directement aux différents bureaux d'Odoo SA, pendant les heures de bureau
correspondantes.
.. _charges_fr:
5 Tarifs et Frais
@ -204,17 +279,16 @@ accompagnée de la base de données migrée.
5.1 Tarifs standards
--------------------
Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise, le service de correction de
Bugs, le service d'alertes de sécurité et le service de migration sont basés sur le nombre
Les tarifs standards pour le contrat d'abonnement à Odoo Enterprise et les Services sont basés sur le nombre
d'Utilisateurs, les Apps installées, la version du Logiciel utilisée par le Client, et précisés par
écrit à la signature du contrat.
écrit à la conclusion du contrat.
Pendant la durée du contrat, si le Client a plus d'Utilisateurs ou d'Apps que spécifié au moment
de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un supplément équivalent au tarif
de la conclusion du présent Contrat, le Client accepte de payer un supplément équivalent au tarif
en vigueur applicable (au début du Contrat) pour les utilisateurs supplémentaires,
pour le reste de la durée.
Si, au moment de la signature du présent Contrat, le Client utilise une Version Couverte qui
Si, au moment de la conclusion du présent Contrat, le Client utilise une Version Couverte qui
n'est pas la plus récente, les tarifs standards peuvent être augmentés de 50% pour la
première Durée du contrat, à la discrétion d'Odoo SA, pour couvrir les coûts de maintenance.
@ -270,15 +344,26 @@ Le Client accepte de / d':
- Payer à Odoo SA les frais applicables pour les Services en vertu du présent Contrat,
conformément aux conditions de paiement spécifiées dans la facture correspondante ;
- Aviser immédiatement Odoo SA si le nombre réel d'Utilisateurs ou les Apps installées dépassent
les nombres spécifiés à la signature du Contrat, et dans ce cas, de régler les frais
les nombres spécifiés à la conclusion du Contrat, et dans ce cas, de régler les frais
supplémentaires applicables telles que décrits à la section :ref:`charges_standard_fr`;
- Prendre toutes les mesures nécessaires pour garantir l'exécution non modifiée de la partie du
Logiciel qui vérifie la validité de l'utilisation de Odoo Enterprise Edition, comme décrit à la
section :ref:`enterprise_access_fr`;
- Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du contrat ;
Lorsque le Client choisit d'utiliser la Plate-forme Cloud, il accepte aussi de:
- Prendre toute mesure raisonnable pour garantir la sécurité de ses comptes utilisateur, y compris
en choisissant un mot de passe sûr et en ne le partageant avec personne;
- Faire une utilisation raisonnable des Services d'Hébergement, à l'exclusion de toute activité
illégale ou abusive, et de respecter strictement les règles indiquées dans la Politique
d'Utilisation Acceptable: https://www.odoo.com/acceptable-use.
Lorsque le Client choisit l'Auto-Hébergement, il accepte aussi de:
- Fournir tout accès nécessaire à Odoo SA pour vérifier la validité de l'utilisation d'Odoo
Enterprise Edition sur demande (par exemple, si la validation automatique ne fonctionne pas pour
le Client) ;
- Désigner 1 personne de contact représentant le Client pour toute la durée du contrat ;
- Prendre toutes les mesures raisonnables pour protéger les fichiers et les bases de données
du Client et s'assurer que les données du Client sont en sûreté et sécurisées, en reconnaissant
qu'Odoo SA ne peut être tenue responsable de toute perte de données ;
@ -333,9 +418,72 @@ dans la mesure où la loi l'y oblige, à condition que la Partie Bénéficiaire
par écrit la Partie Communicante de son obligation de divulgation, dans la mesure permise par la loi.
.. _data_protection_fr:
6.5 Protection de données
-------------------------
Définitions
"Données à Caractère Personnel", "Responsable de Traitement", "Traitement" prennent le même sens que dans
le Règlement (EU) 2016/679 et la Directive 2002/58/EC, et dans tout règlement ou législation
qui les amende ou les remplace (collectivement, la "Législation sur la Protection des Données")
Traitement de Données à Caractère Personnel
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Les parties conviennent que la base de données du Client peut contenir des Données à Caractère Personnel,
pour lesquelles le Client est le Responsable de Traitement. Ces données seront traitées par Odoo SA
quand le Client en donnera l'instruction, par son utilisation des Services qui requièrent une base
de données (tels que le Service d'Hébergement ou le Service de migration), ou si le Client
transfère sa base de données ou une partie de celle-ci à Odoo SA pour toute autre raison
relative à l'exécution du présent Contrat.
Ce traitement sera exécuté en conformité avec la Législation sur la Protection des Données.
En particulier, Odoo SA s'engage à:
- (a) Ne traiter les Données à Caractère Personnel que quand et comme demandé par le Client, et
pour la finalité de l'exécution de l'un des Services du Contrat, à moins que la loi ne l'exige,
auquel cas Odoo SA préviendra préalablement le Client, à moins que la loi ne l'interdise;
- (b) S'assurer que tout le personnel d'Odoo SA autorisé à traiter les Données à Caractère Personnel
soit soumis à un devoir de confidentialité ;
- (c) Mettre en oeuvre et maintenir des mesures de sécurité appropriées au niveau technique et
organisationnel, afin de protéger les Données à Caractère Personnel de tout traitement non
autorisé ou illégal, et de toute perte accidentelle, destruction, dégât, vol, altération ou
divulgation ;
- (d) Transmettre promptement au Client toute demande relative à des Données à Caractère Personnel qui
aurait été soumise à Odoo SA au sujet de la base de données du Client ;
- (e) Signaler au Client dès la prise de connaissance et la confirmation de tout traitement, accès
ou divulgation non autorisés, accidentels ou illégal des Données à Caractère Personnel ;
- (f) Signaler au Client lorsque ses instructions de traitement vont à l'encontre de la Législation
sur la Protection des Données, d'après Odoo SA ;
- (g) Fournir au Client toute information nécessaire à la démonstration de la conformité avec la
Législation sur la Protection des Données, autoriser et contribuer de façon raisonnable à des
audits, y compris des inspections, conduits ou mandatés par le Client dans ce but;
- (h) Supprimer définitivement tout copie de la base de données du Client en possession d'Odoo SA,
ou retourner ces données, au choix du Client, lors de la résiliation de ce Contrat,
en respect des délais indiqués dans la `Politique de Protection des Données <https://www.odoo.com/privacy>`_
d'Odoo SA ;
Concernant les points (d) à (f), le Client s'engage à fournir à Odoo SA des informations de
contact valables, tel que nécessaire pour toute notification auprès du responsable de protection des
données du Client.
Sous-traitants
++++++++++++++
Le Client convient et accepte que pour fournir les Services, Odoo SA peut faire appel à des
prestataires de service tiers (Sous-traitants) pour traiter les Données à Caractère Personnel.
Odoo SA s'engage à n'utiliser de tels Sous-traitants qu'en conformité avec la Législation
sur la Protection des Données. Cet usage sera couvert par un contrat entre Odoo SA et le Sous-traitant
qui offrira toutes les garanties nécessaires à cet effet.
La Politique de Protection des Données d'Odoo SA, publiée à l'adresse https://www.odoo.com/privacy
fournit des informations actualisées sur les noms et les finalités des Sous-traitants utilisés par
Odoo SA pour l'exécution des Services.
.. _termination_fr:
6.5 Résiliation
6.6 Résiliation
---------------
Dans le cas où l'une des parties ne remplit pas ses obligations découlant du
@ -367,9 +515,10 @@ Pendant la durée du présent contrat, Odoo SA s'engage à déployer les efforts
raisonnables sur le plan commercial pour exécuter les Services conformément aux
normes du secteur généralement acceptées à condition que :
- Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et que le Logiciel
soit installé dans un système d'exploitation approprié ;
- Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et à l'accès, de telle
- Les systèmes informatiques du Client soient en bon état de fonctionnement et, pour l'Auto-Hébergement,
que le Logiciel soit installé dans un système d'exploitation approprié ;
- Le Client fournisse les informations adéquates nécessaires au dépannage et, pour l'Auto-Hébergement,
tout accès utile, de telle
sorte qu'Odoo SA puisse identifier, reproduire et gérer les problèmes ;
- Tous les montants dus à Odoo SA aient été réglés.

View File

@ -5,4 +5,515 @@
Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (NL)
===========================================
.. todo
.. note:: Version 7.1 - 2018-03-16
.. v6: add "App" definition + update pricing per-App
.. v7: remove possibility of price change at renewal after prior notice
.. 7.1: specify that 7% renewal increase applies to all charges, not just per-User.
.. v8.0: adapt for "Self-Hosting" + "Data Protection" for GDPR
.. warning::
This is a dutch translation of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”.
This translation is provided in the hope that it will facilitate understanding, but it has
no legal value.
The only official reference of the terms of the “Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement”
is the :ref:`original english version <enterprise_agreement>`.
Door u op de Odoo Enterprise-diensten (de “Diensten”) te abonneren die door
Odoo NV en zijn dochterondernemingen (gezamenlijk “Odoo NV”) worden verleend
met betrekking tot de Odoo Enterprise Edition of de Odoo Community Edition (de
“Software”), gaat u (de "Klant") ermee akkoord om gebonden te zijn door de
volgende algemene voorwaarden (de “Overeenkomst”).
.. _term_nl:
1 Looptijd van de Overeenkomst
==============================
De duur van deze Overeenkomst (de "Looptijd") zal minimaal één jaar zijn en,
zoals schriftelijk verduidelijkt bij de ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst,
ingaan op de datum van de ondertekening. De duur wordt automatisch verlengd
voor dezelfde Looptijd, tenzij een van beide partijen minstens 30 dagen voor
het einde van de Looptijd de Overeenkomst per aangetekend schrijven aan de
andere partij opzegt.
.. _definitions_nl:
2 Definities
============
Gebruiker
Elke actieve gebruikersaccount met toegang tot de Software in de
creatie- en/of bewerkingsmodus. Gedeactiveerde gebruikersaccounts en
accounts die worden gebruikt door externe mensen (of systemen) die slechts
beperkte toegang hebben tot de Software via de portalfaciliteiten (ook wel
"Portalgebruikers" genoemd) tellen niet mee als Gebruikers.
App
Een "App" is een gespecialiseerde groep functies die beschikbaar is
voor installatie in de Software en wordt vermeld in de publieke sectie
“Prijzen” van de website van Odoo NV <https://www.odoo.com> bij de
ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst.
Bug
Elke storing van de Software die resulteert in een volledige stilstand,
foutopsporing of beveiligingsinbreuk en die niet rechtstreeks door een
gebrekkige installatie of configuratie wordt veroorzaakt, wordt als een Bug
beschouwd. Niet-naleving van specificaties of vereisten zal als een Bug worden
beschouwd naar goeddunken van Odoo NV (doorgaans wanneer de Software niet de
resultaten of prestaties levert die hij moet leveren, of wanneer een
landspecifieke functie niet langer aan de wettelijke boekhoudkundige vereisten
voldoet).
Gedekte Versies
Alle Diensten die onder deze Overeenkomst vallen, zijn
alleen van toepassing op de Gedekte Versies van de Software, waaronder de 3
(drie) meest recent uitgebrachte hoofdversies.
Om onder de onderhavige Overeenkomst te vallen, moet de meest recente
Gedekte Versie op de installaties van de Klant draaien op het moment van de
ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst. Wanneer dit niet het geval is, zijn
aanvullende kosten van toepassing, zoals beschreven in :ref:`charges_standard_nl`.
.. _enterprise_access_nl:
3 Toegang tot de Odoo Enterprise Edition
========================================
Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst geeft Odoo NV de Klant een niet-exclusieve,
niet-overdraagbare licentie om de Odoo Enterprise Edition-software te gebruiken
(uitvoeren, wijzigen, uitvoeren na wijziging) onder de voorwaarden uiteengezet
in :ref:`appendix_a_nl`.
De Klant gaat ermee akkoord alle nodige maatregelen te nemen om de ongewijzigde
uitvoering te waarborgen van het deel van de Software dat de geldigheid van het
gebruik van de Odoo Enterprise Edition controleert en statistieken verzamelt
voor dat doel, met inbegrip van maar niet beperkt tot het uitvoeren van een
extensie, het aantal Gebruikers en geïnstalleerde Apps.
Odoo NV verbindt zich ertoe om individuele of vermelde cijfers niet bekend te
maken aan derden zonder de toestemming van de Klant, en om alle verzamelde
gegevens te behandelen in overeenstemming met zijn officiële Privacybeleid,
gepubliceerd op https://www.odoo.com/privacy.
Bij het aflopen of beëindigen van deze Overeenkomst wordt deze licentie
onmiddellijk ingetrokken en gaat de Klant ermee akkoord om de Odoo Enterprise
Edition-software niet meer te gebruiken.
Indien de Klant de voorwaarden van deze sectie schendt, gaat de Klant ermee
akkoord om Odoo NV een extra vergoeding te betalen gelijk aan 300% van de
geldende catalogusprijs voor het werkelijke aantal Gebruikers.
.. _services_nl:
4 Inbegrepen diensten
=====================
4.1 Bugfixingdienst
-------------------
Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe alle redelijke
inspanningen aan te wenden om elke Bug van de Software die via het juiste
kanaal (gewoonlijk het e-mailadres of het websiteformulier van de servicedesk
van Odoo NV) door de Klant wordt ingediend, te verhelpen en dergelijke
indiening van de Klant binnen 2 werkdagen af te handelen.
De Klant begrijpt dat Bugs die worden veroorzaakt door een wijziging of
uitbreiding die niet deel uitmaakt van de officiële Software niet onder deze
dienst valt.
Zodra de Bug verholpen is, zal een passende oplossing aan de Klant worden
meegedeeld. Indien de Bug reeds verholpen is in een recentere herziening van de
Gedekte Versie van de Software die door de Klant wordt gebruikt, stemt de Klant
ermee in om zijn systemen bij te werken naar die herziening om de correctie te
verkrijgen. Er zal niet aan de Klant worden gevraagd om naar een recentere
Gedekte Versie van de Software te upgraden als oplossing voor een Bug.
Wanneer een Bug verholpen is in een Gedekte Versie verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe
om de Bug in alle recentere Gedekte Versies van de software te verhelpen.
Beide partijen erkennen dat, zoals gespecificeerd in de licentie van de
Software en in de sectie :ref:`liability_nl` van deze Overeenkomst, Odoo NV
niet aansprakelijk kan worden gesteld voor Bugs in de Software.
4.2 Beveiligingswaarschuwingendienst
------------------------------------
Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe om een
“Beveiligingswaarschuwing” naar de Klant te sturen voor elke Bug in de
beveiliging die wordt ontdekt in de Gedekte Versies van de Software, ten minste
2 weken voordat de Beveiligingswaarschuwing openbaar wordt gemaakt, tenzij de
Bug reeds openbaar is gemaakt door een derde partij. Beveiligingswaarschuwingen
bevatten een volledige beschrijving van de Bug, de oorzaak ervan, de mogelijke
gevolgen ervan voor de systemen van de Klant en de bijbehorende oplossing voor
elke Gedekte Versie.
De Klant begrijpt dat de Bug en de informatie in het Beveiligingswaarschuwing
als Vertrouwelijke Informatie moeten worden behandeld, zoals beschreven in de
sectie :ref:`confidentiality_nl`, gedurende de embargoperiode die voorafgaat aan de
openbare bekendmaking.
.. _upgrade_nl:
4.3 Upgradediensten
--------------------
.. _upgrade_odoo_nl:
Upgradedienst voor de Software
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Gedurende de looptijd van deze Overeenkomst kan de Klant via het juiste kanaal
(doorgaans de upgradedienstwebsite van Odoo NV) upgradeaanvragen indienen om
een database van de Software van een Gedekte Versie van de Software om te
zetten naar een meer recente Gedekte Versie (de "Doelversie").
Upgradeaanvragen moeten een volledige reservekopie van de database van de Klant
en de bijbehorende gegevens omvatten (doorgaans verkregen via het Back-upmenu
van de Software). Waar nodig met het oog om redenen van gegevensbeveiliging of
regelgeving bevat de Upgradedienst een optionele tool om identificeerbare
gegevens in een database te anonimiseren voordat de upgradeaanvraag wordt
ingediend, evenals een tool om de geanonimiseerde gegevens na de upgrade te
herstellen.
Deze dienst wordt verleend via een geautomatiseerd platform om de Klant in
staat te stellen zonder toezicht te upgraden zodra een eerdere versie van de
database van de Klant met succes werd geüpgraded voor een Gedekte Versie. De
Klant kan opeenvolgende upgradeaanvragen voor een database indienen en gaat
ermee akkoord om ten minste 1 upgradeaanvraag voor testdoeleinden in te dienen
voordat hij de definitie upgradeaanvraag indient.
De Upgradedienst is beperkt tot de technische conversie en aanpassing van de
database van de Klant om deze compatibel te maken met de Doelversie en de
correctie van elke Bug die rechtstreeks wordt veroorzaakt door de
upgradebewerking en die normaal niet voorkomt in de Doelversie.
Het is de exclusieve verantwoordelijkheid van de Klant om de geüpgradede
database te controleren en te valideren teneinde Bugs te detecteren, om de
impact van wijzigingen en nieuwe functies te analyseren die in de Doelversie
zijn geïmplementeerd, om eventuele uitbreidingen van derden van de Software die
vóór de upgrade in de database waren geïnstalleerd, om te zetten en aan te
passen (behalve indien van toepassing zoals voorzien in sectie
:ref:`upgrade_extra_nl`). De Klant kan meerdere upgradeaanvragen voor een database
indienen totdat een aanvaardbaar resultaat wordt bereikt.
.. _upgrade_extra_nl:
Upgradedienst voor extensies van derden
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Gedurende de duur van deze Overeenkomst kan de Klant naast de gewone
Upgradediensten optionele upgradediensten voor uitbreidingsmodules van derden
van de Software aanvragen. Deze optionele dienst is onderworpen aan extra
kosten (zoals beschreven in :ref:`charges_nl`) en omvat de technische aanpassing van de
modules van derden die geïnstalleerd zijn in de database van de Klant, en van
de bijbehorende gegevens, om compatibel te zijn met de Doelversie. De Klant zal
samen met de geüpgradede database een geüpgradede versie van alle
geïnstalleerde modules van derden ontvangen.
.. _charges_nl:
5 Kosten en vergoedingen
========================
.. _charges_standard_nl:
5.1 Standaardkosten
-------------------
De standaardkosten voor het Odoo Enterprise-abonnement, de Bugfixingdienst, de
Beveiligingswaarschuwingendienst en de Upgradedienst zijn gebaseerd op het
aantal Gebruikers, de geïnstalleerde Apps, de Softwareversie die door de Klant
wordt gebruikt en schriftelijk wordt gespecificeerd bij de ondertekening van de
Overeenkomst.
Wanneer de Klant tijdens de Looptijd meer Gebruikers of meer geïnstalleerde
Apps heeft dan gespecificeerd op het moment van de ondertekening van deze
Overeenkomst, gaat de Klant ermee akkoord om een extra vergoeding te betalen
gelijk aan de toepasselijke catalogusprijs (aan het begin van de Looptijd) voor
de bijkomende Gebruikers of Apps, voor de rest van de Looptijd.
Indien de Klant op het moment van de ondertekening van deze Overeenkomst een
Gedekte Versie gebruikt die niet de meest recente is, kunnen de standaardkosten
naar eigen goeddunken van Odoo NV met 50% worden verhoogd voor de duur van de
eerste Looptijd om de extra onderhoudskosten te dekken.
.. _charges_renewal_nl:
5.2 Verlengingskosten
---------------------
Indien, bij verlenging zoals beschreven in de sectie :ref:`term_nl`, de
kosten gedurende de vorige Looptijd lager zijn dan de meest
actuele geldende catalogusprijs, zullen de kosten
met maximaal 7% stijgen.
.. _charges_thirdparty_nl:
5.3 Kosten voor Upgradediensten voor modules van derden
-------------------------------------------------------
De extra kosten voor de Upgradedienst voor modules van derden bedragen EUR (€)
1000,00 (duizend euro) per 1000 Coderegels in de modules van derden, afgerond
op de volgende duizend regels. Coderegels omvatten alle tekstregels in de
broncode van die modules, ongeacht de programmeertaal (Python, Javascript enz.)
of het gegevensformaat (XML, CSV enz.), met uitzondering van lege regels en
commentaarregels.
Odoo NV behoudt zich het recht voor om een upgradeaanvraag onder de voor
modules van derden onder de bovenstaande voorwaarden te weigeren indien de
kwaliteit van de broncode van die modules te slecht is, of indien deze modules
een interface vormen met software of systemen van derden. Het upgraden van
dergelijke modules zal onderworpen zijn aan een afzonderlijke offerte, buiten
deze Overeenkomst.
.. _taxes_nl:
5.4 Belastingen
---------------
Alle vergoedingen en kosten zijn exclusief alle toepasselijke federale,
provinciale, gewestelijke, lokale of andere overheidsbelastingen, kosten of
heffingen (gezamenlijk "Belastingen"). De Klant is verantwoordelijk voor het
betalen van alle Belastingen die verbonden zijn aan de aankopen die de Klant in
het kader van deze Overeenkomst doet, behalve wanneer Odoo NV wettelijk
verplicht is om Belastingen te betalen of te incasseren waarvoor de Klant
verantwoordelijk is.arden:
6 Voorwaarden van de Diensten
=============================
6.1 Verplichtingen van de Klant
-------------------------------
De Klant gaat ermee akkoord om:
- Odoo NV alle toepasselijke kosten voor de Diensten van deze Overeenkomst te
betalen in overeenstemming met de betaalvoorwaarden gespecificeerd in de
desbetreffende factuur;
- Odoo NV onmiddellijk op de hoogte te brengen wanneer het werkelijke aantal Gebruikers of
zijn geïnstalleerde Apps de aantallen overschrijden de bij de ondertekening van de Overeenkomst
gespecificeerde aantallen overschrijden en in dat geval de toepasselijke extra vergoeding
betalen zoals beschreven in de sectie :ref:`charges_standard_nl`;
- alle nodige maatregelen te nemen om de ongewijzigde uitvoering te waarborgen van het deel
van de Software dat de geldigheid van het gebruik van de Odoo Enterprise
Edition bevestigt, zoals beschreven in :ref:`enterprise_access_nl`;
- Odoo NV de nodige toegang verlenen om de geldigheid van het gebruik van de Odoo
Enterprise Edition op verzoek te controleren (bv. indien blijkt dat de
automatische validatie niet werkt voor de Klant);
- 1 speciale Klantencontactpersoon aan te wijzen voor de volledige duur van de
Overeenkomst;
- alle redelijke maatregelen te nemen om de bestanden en databases van de Klant te beschermen
en ervoor te zorgen dat de gegevens van de Klant veilig en beveiligd zijn, en daarbij te erkennen
dat Odoo NV niet aansprakelijk kan worden gesteld voor enig gegevensverlies.
.. _no_soliciting_nl:
6.2 Niet benaderen of aanwerven
-------------------------------
Behalve wanneer de andere partij schriftelijk haar toestemming daartoe
verleent, gaan elke partij, haar dochterondernemingen en vertegenwoordigers
ermee akkoord om geen werknemer te benaderen of aan te werven van de andere
partij die betrokken is bij de uitvoering of het gebruik van de Diensten
volgens deze Overeenkomst, voor de duur van de Overeenkomst en voor een periode
van 24 maanden vanaf de datum van beëindiging of afloop van deze Overeenkomst.
In geval van een schending van de voorwaarden van deze sectie die leidt tot het
ontslag van voornoemde werknemer gaat de inbreuk makende partij ermee akkoord
om de andere partij een bedrag van EUR (€) 30 000,00 (dertigduizend euro) te
betalen.
.. _publicity_nl:
6.3 Publiciteit
---------------
Behoudens andersluidende schriftelijke vermelding verleent elke partij de
andere partij een niet-overdraagbare, niet-exclusieve, royaltyvrije,
wereldwijde licentie om de naam, de logo's en handelsmerken van de andere
partij te reproduceren en weer te geven, uitsluitend om naar de andere partij
te verwijzen als een klant of leverancier, op websites, in persberichten en
ander marketingmateriaal.
.. _confidentiality_nl:
6.4 Vertrouwelijkheid
---------------------
Definitie van "Vertrouwelijke informatie":
Alle informatie die door een
partij (de "Bekendmakende Partij") aan de andere partij (de "Ontvangende
Partij") wordt bekendgemaakt, hetzij mondeling of schriftelijk, en die als
vertrouwelijk wordt aangemerkt of die redelijkerwijs als vertrouwelijk moet
worden beschouwd gezien de aard van de informatie en de omstandigheden van de
bekendmaking. In het bijzonder moet alle informatie met betrekking tot het
bedrijf, zaken, producten, ontwikkelingen, handelsgeheimen, knowhow, personeel,
klanten en leveranciers van beide partijen als vertrouwelijk worden beschouwd.
Voor alle Vertrouwelijke Informatie die tijdens de Looptijd van deze
Overeenkomst wordt ontvangen, zal de Ontvangende Partij dezelfde mate van zorg
aanwenden die zij aanwendt om de vertrouwelijkheid van haar eigen gelijkaardige
Vertrouwelijke Informatie te beschermen, maar op zijn minst redelijke zorg.
De Ontvangende Partij mag Vertrouwelijke Informatie van de Bekendmakende Partij
bekendmaken voor zover ze wettelijk verplicht is om dit te doen, mits de
Ontvangende Partij de Bekendmakende Partij vooraf in kennis stelt van de
verplichte bekendmaking, voor zover toegestaan door de wet.
.. _termination_nl:
6.5 Beëindiging
---------------
In het geval dat een van beide Partijen een van de uit deze Overeenkomst
voortvloeien verplichtingen niet nakomt en deze nalatigheid niet binnen 30
kalenderdagen na de schriftelijke kennisgeving van deze nalatigheid verholpen
is, kan deze Overeenkomst onmiddellijk worden beëindigd door de niet in gebreke
blijvende Partij.
Verder kan Odoo NV de Overeenkomst onmiddellijk beëindigen in het geval dat de
Klant de toepasselijke vergoedingen voor de Diensten niet betaalt tegen de
vervaldatum die wordt vermeld op de desbetreffende factuur.
Overlevende bepalingen:
De secties ":ref:`confidentiality_nl`”, ":ref:`disclaimers_nl`”,
":ref:`liability_nl`” en ":ref:`general_provisions_nl`
zullen geldig blijven na beëindiging of afloop van deze
Overeenkomst.
.. _warranties_disclaimers_nl:
7 Garanties, afwijzingen van aansprakelijkheid, aansprakelijkheid
=================================================================
.. _warranties_nl:
7.1 Garanties
--------------
Voor de duur van deze Overeenkomst verbindt Odoo NV zich ertoe om commercieel
redelijke inspanningen aan te wenden om de Diensten uit te voeren in
overeenstemming met de algemeen aanvaarde industrienormen op voorwaarde dat:
- de computersystemen van de Klant in goede bedrijfsstaat zijn en de Software
geïnstalleerd is in een geschikte werkomgeving;
- de Klant passende probleemoplossingsen toegangsinformatie, zodat Odoo NV
problemen kan identificeren, reproduceren en verhelpen;
- alle aan Odoo NV verschuldigde bedragen zijn betaald.
Het enige en exclusieve verhaal van de Klant en de enige verplichting van Odoo
NV in geval van een inbreuk op deze garantie is dat Odoo NV de uitvoering van
de Diensten zonder extra kosten hervat.
.. _disclaimers_nl:
7.2 Afwijzingen van aansprakelijkheid
-------------------------------------
Behalve zoals uitdrukkelijk hierin wordt vermeld, geeft geen enkele partij
enige garantie, uitdrukkelijk, impliciet, wettelijk of anderszins, en wijst
elke partij nadrukkelijk alle impliciete garanties af, met inbegrip van enige
impliciete garanties van verkoopbaarheid, geschiktheid voor een bepaald doel of
niet-inbreuk, voor zover maximaal toegestaan door de toepasselijke wetgeving.
Odoo NV garandeert niet dat de Software voldoet aan alle lokale of
internationale wet- of regelgeving.
.. _liability_nl:
7.3 Beperking van aansprakelijkheid
-----------------------------------
Voor zover maximaal toegestaan door de wet, zal de totale aansprakelijkheid
van elke partij samen met haar dochterondernemingen die voortvloeit uit of
verband houdt met deze Overeenkomst niet meer bedragen dan 50% van het totale
bedrag betaald door de Klant in het kader van deze Overeenkomst gedurende de 12
maanden onmiddellijk voorafgaand aan de datum van de gebeurtenis die aanleiding
geeft tot dergelijke claim. Meerdere claims zullen deze beperking niet
vergroten.
In geen geval zal een van de partijen of haar dochterondernemingen
aansprakelijk zijn voor enige indirecte, speciale, exemplaire, incidentele of
gevolgschade van welke aard dan ook, met inbegrip van maar niet beperkt tot
verlies van inkomsten, winst, besparingen, verlies van zaken of ander
financieel verlies, kosten van stilstand of vertraging, verloren of beschadigde
gegevens, voortkomend uit of in verband met deze Overeenkomst, ongeacht de vorm
van actie, hetzij in contract, onrechtmatige daad (met inbegrip van strikte
nalatigheid) of enige andere wettelijke of billijke theorie, zelfs indien een
partij of haar dochterondernemingen op de hoogte zijn gebracht van de
mogelijkheid van dergelijke schade, of indien het verhaal van een partij of
haar dochteronderneming anderszins haar essentiële doel voorbijschiet.
.. _force_majeure_nl:
7.4 Overmacht
-------------
Geen der partijen zal aansprakelijk zijn jegens de andere partij voor de
vertraging in de uitvoering of het verzuim om een prestatie in het kader van
deze Overeenkomst te verrichten wanneer dergelijk verzuim of dergelijke
vertraging wordt veroorzaakt door overheidsbepalingen, brand, staking, oorlog,
overstroming, ongeval, epidemie, embargo, volledige of gedeeltelijke toe-
eigening van een fabriek of product door een regering of overheidsinstantie, of
enige andere oorzaak of oorzaken, hetzij van gelijke of andere aard, buiten de
redelijke controle van die partij, zolang dergelijke oorzaak of oorzaken
bestaan.
.. _general_provisions_nl:
8 Algemene bepalingen
=====================
.. _governing_law_nl:
8.1 Toepasselijk recht
----------------------
Beide partijen komen overeen dat de wetten van België van toepassing zijn in
geval van geschillen die voortvloeien uit of verband houden met deze
Overeenkomst, ongeacht de keuze of botsing van rechtsbeginselen. Voor zover een
rechtszaak of gerechtelijke procedure in dit verband is toegestaan, komen beide
partijen overeen om zich te onderwerpen aan de exclusieve bevoegdheid van de
rechtbank van Nijvel (België) voor de beslechting van alle geschillen.
.. _severability_nl:
8.2 Scheidbaarheid
------------------
Ingeval een of meerdere bepalingen van deze Overeenkomst of een toepassing
daarvan in enig opzicht ongeldig, onwettig of niet-afdwingbaar is/zijn, zullen
de geldigheid, wettigheid en afdwingbaarheid van de overige bepalingen van deze
Overeenkomst en elke toepassing daarvan op geen enkele wijze worden beïnvloed
of aangetast. Beide partijen verbinden zich ertoe om elke eventuele ongeldige,
onwettige of niet-afdwingbare bepaling van deze Overeenkomst te vervangen door
een geldige bepaling met dezelfde effecten en doelstellingen.
.. _appendix_a_nl:
9 Bijlage A: Odoo Enterprise Edition-licentie
=============================================
.. only:: latex
De Odoo 9 Enterprise Edition wordt in licentie gegeven onder de
Odoo Enterprise Edition License v1.0, die als volgt wordt gedefinieerd:
.. highlight:: none
.. literalinclude:: ../../licenses/enterprise_license.txt
.. only:: html
Zie :ref:`odoo_enterprise_license`.

View File

@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
:orphan:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 4
:hidden:
enterprise_de
enterprise_de

View File

@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
:orphan:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 4
:hidden:
enterprise_es
enterprise_es

View File

@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
:orphan:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 4
:hidden:
enterprise_fr
enterprise_fr

View File

@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
:orphan:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 4
:hidden:
enterprise_nl
enterprise_nl

View File

@ -19,9 +19,16 @@ Odoo S.A., inscrita en el Registro mercantil y de sociedades de Nivelles con el
que tiene su sede social en Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière, Bélgica,
y sus filiales (denominados conjuntamente “ODOO”)
Y
________________________________, una empresa que tiene su domicilio social
en _____________________(en adelante denominado “EL COLABORADOR”)
Y:
_____________________________________________________________________________________,
una empresa que tiene su domicilio social en
_____________________________________________________________________________________.
(en adelante denominado “EL COLABORADOR”)
ODOO y EL COLABORADOR se denominan individualmente “Parte” y conjuntamente “las Partes”.
@ -146,7 +153,7 @@ En la tabla siguiente se describen los detalles de las ventajas para cada nivel
| **Ventajas de las ventas** | | | |
+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Comisión por la plataforma | 100% | 100% | 100% |
| Odoo SH [#f1es] | | | |
| Odoo SH [#f1es]_ | | | |
+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Comisión por Odoo Enterprise | 10% | 15% | 20% |
+------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
@ -338,13 +345,18 @@ Este contrato se rige y se interpreta de acuerdo con las leyes de Bélgica.
Todas las disputas que surjan en relación con este contrato para las que no se pueda encontrar una
solución amistosa serán resueltas definitivamente en los Tribunales de Bélgica en Nivelles.
.. rubric:: Firmas
.. only:: latex
**Firmas**:
.. tabularcolumns:: |p{7.5cm}|p{7.5cm}|
================================== ==================================
Por ODOO, Por EL COLABORADOR,
================================== ==================================
+---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
| Por ODOO, | Por EL COLABORADOR, |
+=======================================+==========================================+
| | |
| | | | |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
.. _appendix_p_a_es:

View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Odoo Partnership Agreement (FR)
La seule référence officielle des termes du contrat “Odoo Enterprise Partnership Agreement”
est la :ref:`version originale en anglais <partnership_agreement>`.
.. note:: Version 6 - 2017-12-04
.. note:: Version 7 - 2018-05-24
ENTRE :
@ -19,9 +19,16 @@ Odoo S.A., enregistrée au Registre de commerce de Nivelles sous le numéro RCN
social se situe Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgique, et ses filiales (désignées
collectivement sous le terme « ODOO »)
ET
________________________________, une entreprise dont le siège social se situe à __________________
(ci-après dénommée « PARTENAIRE »).
ET:
_____________________________________________________________________________________,
une entreprise dont le siège social se situe à
_____________________________________________________________________________________.
(ci-après dénommée « PARTENAIRE »)
ODOO et PARTENAIRE sont désignées individuellement par le terme « Partie » et collectivement par
le terme « les Parties ».
@ -75,33 +82,38 @@ et recueillir les données statistiques nécessaires à cette fin.
4.1 Niveaux de partenariat
--------------------------
Le programme partenaire dOdoo consiste en trois niveaux de partenariat reprenant des exigences et
avantages spécifiques pour chacun dentre eux : Ready, Silver et Gold.
Le niveau de partenariat accordé au PARTENAIRE dépend des nouvelles recettes annuelles
Odoo Enterprise générées par le PARTENAIRE pour ODOO. Les renouvellements de contrats existants
Le programme partenaire dOdoo consiste en deux types de partenariat et quatre niveaux.
“Learning Partners” est pour les sociétés qui veulent tout ce qui est nécessaire pour démarrer la
mise en oeuvre d'Odoo, mais sans la visibilité d'un partenaire officiel, en attendant d'acquérir
l'expérience requise; tandis que "Official Partners" est pour les sociétés qui veulent la visibilité
en tant que partenaire Ready, Silver ou Gold, suivant leur niveau d'expérience.
Le niveau de partenariat accordé au PARTENAIRE dépend des nouvelles recettes annuelles Odoo Enterprise
générées par le PARTENAIRE pour ODOO, du nombre de ressources internes certifiées,
et du taux de rétention de clients. Les renouvellements de contrats existants
nentrent pas en ligne de compte pour le niveau de partenariat, mais le PARTENAIRE reçoit tout de
même une commission sur ces contrats, comme indiqué dans la section :ref:`benefits_fr`.
Le tableau ci-dessous résume les exigences pour chaque niveau de partenariat.
+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
| | Ready | Silver | Gold |
+==============================================+==========+==========+==========+
| Nouveaux utilisateurs Odoo Enterprise vendus | 0 | 50 | 100 |
+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
| Ressources internes actives certifiées | 1 | 2 | 4 |
+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
| Taux de rétention minimum | n/a | 85 % | 85 % |
+----------------------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
+----------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| | Learning Partner | Official: Ready | Official: Silver | Official: Gold |
+==============================================+==================+====================+====================+====================+
| Nouveaux utilisateurs Odoo Enterprise vendus | 0 | 10 | 50 | 150 |
+----------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Ressources internes actives certifiées | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 |
+----------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Taux de rétention minimum | n/a | n/a | 70% | 80% |
+----------------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
Les certifications sont personnelles, donc lorsquun membre du personnel quitte lentreprise,
le PARTENAIRE doit en informer ODOO afin que celle-ci puisse mettre à jour le nombre de ressources
certifiées actives pour laccord de partenariat.
Le niveau des partenariats sera revu trimestriellement par ODOO sur la base des nouveaux contrats
Odoo Enterprise vendus par le partenaire les 12 mois précédents.
Odoo Enterprise vendus par le partenaire les 12 mois précédents, des certifications officielles
obtenues par le partenaire, et du taux de rétention.
Les partenaires peuvent monter de niveau une fois quils répondent aux exigences pour ce niveau
Les "Official Partners" peuvent monter de niveau une fois quils répondent aux exigences pour ce niveau
supérieur de partenariat. Les partenaires Silver et Gold qui ne répondent pas aux exigences de leur
partenariat à la fin de la période annuelle peuvent retomber à niveau de partenariat inférieur.
@ -112,54 +124,60 @@ partenariat à la fin de la période annuelle peuvent retomber à niveau de part
Les avantages de chaque niveau de partenariat sont détaillés dans le tableau ci-dessous :
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| | Ready | Silver | Gold |
+=======================================+=================+==================+================+
| **Reconnaissance** | | | |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Visibilité sur odoo.com | "Ready Partner" | "Silver Partner" |"Gold Partner" |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Droit dutiliser la marque déposée | Logo Ready | Logo Silver | Logo Gold |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| **Avantages formation** | | | |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Séminaires de mise à jour annuelle | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Coaching Vente | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Accès à la plateforme dE-Learning et | Oui | Oui | Oui |
| | | | |
| à la base de connaissances dOdoo | | | |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| **Avantages logiciel** | | | |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Accès au code source Odoo Enterprise | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| **Avantages Ventes** | | | |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Commission sur la plateforme | 100 % | 100 % | 100 % |
| Odoo SH [#f1fr]_ | | | |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Commission sur Odoo Enterprise | 10 % | 15 % | 20 % |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Accès à un Account Manager dédié | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| **Avantages marketing** | | | |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Accès au matériel de marketing | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
| Événement PARTENAIRE - ODOO support & | Oui | Oui | Oui |
| promotion | | | |
+---------------------------------------+-----------------+------------------+----------------+
.. only:: latex
.. tabularcolumns:: |L|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|p{1.5cm}|
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| | Learning Partner | Official: Ready | Official: Silver | Official: Gold |
+=======================================+==================+====================+====================+====================+
| **Reconnaissance** | | | | |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Visibilité sur odoo.com | Non | "Ready Partner" | "Silver Partner" | "Gold Partner" |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Droit dutiliser la marque déposée | Logo Learning | Logo Ready | Logo Silver | Logo Gold |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| **Avantages formation** | | | | |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Séminaires de mise à jour annuelle | Oui | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Coaching Vente | Oui | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Accès à la plateforme dE-Learning et | Oui | Oui | Oui | Oui |
| | | | | |
| à la base de connaissances dOdoo | Oui | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| **Avantages logiciel** | | | | |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Accès au code source Odoo Enterprise | Oui | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Code extension essai Odoo Enterprise | Oui | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| **Avantages Ventes** | | | | |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Commission sur la plateforme | 10% | 100% | 100% | 100% |
| Odoo SH [#f1]_ | | | | |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Commission sur Odoo Enterprise | 10% | 10% | 15% | 20% |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Accès à un Account Manager dédié | Non | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| **Avantages marketing** | | | | |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Accès au matériel de marketing | Oui | Oui | Oui | Oui |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
| Événement PARTENAIRE - ODOO support & | Non | Oui | Oui | Oui |
| promotion | | | | |
+---------------------------------------+------------------+--------------------+--------------------+--------------------+
.. [#f1] Dans l'éventualité où le taux de commission de 100% sur la plate-forme Odoo SH serait modifié
au renouvellement par une nouvelle version de ce Contrat, le taux précédent continuerait à être
appliqué aux souscriptions en cours.
.. [#f1fr] Le taux de commission de 100 % sur la plateforme Odoo SH est octroyé pour toutes les
souscriptions Odoo Enterprise signées pendant la première année du partenariat, tant
que ces souscriptions sont renouvelées. Après la première année, le PARTENAIRE bénéficie
de la commission Odoo Enterprise normale, selon le niveau de partenariat.
4.3 Reconnaissance du partenaire
--------------------------------
ODOO promouvra le PARTENAIRE comme partenaire officiel sur le site Internet officiel (odoo.com).
ODOO promouvra les "Official Partners" dans la liste des partenaires Odoo sur le site Internet officiel (odoo.com).
ODOO octroie au PARTENAIRE, sur une base non exclusive, le droit dutiliser et de reproduire
le logo partenaire dODOO du niveau de partenariat correspondant et le nom « Odoo » en relation
@ -322,11 +340,18 @@ en lien avec le Contrat et pour lequel aucun règlement à lamiable ne peut
finalement réglé par les Tribunaux de Belgique à Nivelles.
**Signatures**:
.. rubric:: Signatures
================================== ==================================
Pour ODOO, Pour le PARTENAIRE,
================================== ==================================
.. only:: latex
.. tabularcolumns:: |p{7.5cm}|p{7.5cm}|
+---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
| Pour ODOO, | Pour le PARTENAIRE, |
+=======================================+==========================================+
| | |
| | | | |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
.. _appendix_p_a_fr:

View File

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
:orphan:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 4

View File

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
:orphan:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 4

View File

@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
:orphan:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 4
:hidden:
terms_of_sale_fr
terms_of_sale_fr

View File

@ -17,9 +17,14 @@ Odoo S.A., registered at the Trade and Companies Register of Nivelles under numb
having its registered office at Chaussée de Namur, 40, 1367 Grand-Rosière, Belgium,
and its affiliates (collectively referred to as "ODOO")
AND
________________________________, a company having its registered office
at _____________________
AND:
_____________________________________________________________________________________,
a company having its registered office at
_____________________________________________________________________________________.
(Hereinafter referred to as “PARTNER”)
ODOO and PARTNER are individually referred to as a "Party" and collectively referred to as
@ -332,12 +337,18 @@ All disputes arising in connection with the Agreement for which no amicable sett
found shall be finally settled by the Courts of Belgium in Nivelles.
.. rubric:: Signatures
**Signatures**:
.. only:: latex
================================== ==================================
For ODOO, For PARTNER,
================================== ==================================
.. tabularcolumns:: |p{7.5cm}|p{7.5cm}|
+---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
| For ODOO, | For PARTNER, |
+=======================================+==========================================+
| | |
| | | | |
+---------------------------------------+------------------------------------------+
.. _appendix_p_a:

View File

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
:orphan:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 4

View File

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
:orphan:
.. toctree::
:maxdepth: 4

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ msgid "Several actions are available:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr "Actualizar"
msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid ""
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
msgid "Rename"
msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Delete a database instantly"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:47
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid "Contact Support"
msgstr ""
@ -105,18 +105,74 @@ msgid ""
"database already selected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:52
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr "Actualizar"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
msgid ""
"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid ""
"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
"database to the new version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
msgid ""
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
"migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
"database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:59
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
@ -126,37 +182,37 @@ msgstr ""
"Para duplicar su base de datos, solo de clic en **Duplicar**. Tendrá que "
"darle un nombre a su duplicado, luego de clic en **Duplicar Base de Datos**."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
msgid ""
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:69
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "Los correos electrónicos fueron enviados"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:71
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
msgid ""
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "Órdenes de envio (proveedores de envio) fueron enviadas"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:78
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
msgid ""
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
"behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
@ -165,20 +221,32 @@ msgstr ""
"duplicada. Observe que la dirección URL utiliza el nombre que elijo para su "
"base de datos duplicada."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:85
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
"Las bases de datos duplicadas expiran automaticamente después de 15 días."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:93
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid ""
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:95
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
msgid ""
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
@ -186,31 +254,38 @@ msgid ""
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid ""
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
msgid ""
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
msgid ""
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid ""
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
msgid ""
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
@ -256,8 +331,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid ""
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account "
"Manager"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
" Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
@ -273,7 +348,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"database\""
msgstr ""
@ -300,7 +375,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
"specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid ""
"You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating "
"your own email solution with Odoo."
"your own email solution with Odoo. .. note::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:19
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
msgid ""
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
@ -61,25 +61,25 @@ msgid ""
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
msgid ""
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:38
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
msgid ""
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ msgid ""
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:42
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
@ -99,54 +99,54 @@ msgid ""
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@ -156,22 +156,22 @@ msgid ""
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
@ -179,58 +179,58 @@ msgid ""
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catcall@, "
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgid ""
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@ -250,21 +250,21 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "

View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018\n"
"Last-Translator: Kelly Quintero <kiutba@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -243,6 +243,12 @@ msgid ""
"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the "
"available options."
msgstr ""
"Las variantes de productos son usadas para ofrecer a sus clientes "
"variaciones del mismo producto en la página de productos, por ejemplo si el "
"cliente elige una camiseta y luego selecciona la talla y el color. En el "
"ejemplo mostrado a continuación, de las opciones disponibles, el cliente "
"elige un teléfono y luego selecciona la memoria, el color y el ancho de "
"banda Wi-Fi."
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15
msgid "How to create attributes & variants"
@ -267,6 +273,9 @@ msgid ""
"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there "
"are 2 values for 1 attribute."
msgstr ""
"Agregue tantos atributos como necesite de tres tipos diferentes: botones de "
"opción, menús desplegables o botones de color. Obtendrá distintas variantes "
"tan pronto como tenga dos valores por atributo."
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30
msgid "How to edit variants"
@ -320,6 +329,8 @@ msgid ""
"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of "
"variants."
msgstr ""
"También mire y edite todas las variantes de :menuselection;'Sales --> Sales "
"-->Product Variants'. Puede ser mas rápido si usted maneja muchas variantes."
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58
msgid "How to set specific prices per variant"
@ -330,18 +341,26 @@ msgid ""
"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant "
"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)."
msgstr ""
"También puede configurar un precio publico específico por variante, al hacer"
" clic en \"Precios de las Variantes\" en el formulario de detalle del "
"producto (acción en la parte superior-izquierda)"
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66
msgid ""
"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding "
"attribute value is selected."
msgstr ""
"El Precio Extra es agregado al precio del producto el valor del atributo "
"correspondiente es seleccionado"
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76
msgid ""
"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for "
"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`."
msgstr ""
"Las fórmulas en las listas de precios le permiten configurar métodos de "
"cálculos avanzados de precios para las variantes de los productos. Ver: "
"doc:'../maximzing_revenue/pricing'"
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80
msgid "How to disable/archive variants"
@ -353,12 +372,18 @@ msgid ""
"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, "
"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form."
msgstr ""
"Se pueden deshabilitar variantes específicas para que no estén disponibles "
"en cotizaciones u otras secciones del sitio web (variantes no en existencia,"
" obsoletos, etc.). Simplemente desmarque la casilla 'Activar' en el "
"formulario de detalle"
#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88
msgid ""
"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants "
"list. You can reactivate them the same way."
msgstr ""
"Para recuperar ítems archivados, presione/haga clic en \"Archivado\" al "
"buscar en la lista de variantes. Las puede reactivar de la misma manera."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3
msgid "Maximize my revenue"
@ -374,6 +399,9 @@ msgid ""
"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling "
"functionalities:"
msgstr ""
"Usted vende computadoras, por qué no estimular a sus clientes para que "
"compren una pantalla de primera categoría o adquieran extra garantía? Ese es"
" el objetivo de las funcionalidades de venta cruzada."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8
msgid "Accessory products on checkout page,"
@ -383,6 +411,8 @@ msgstr "Productos accesorios en la página de pago,"
msgid ""
"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)."
msgstr ""
"Productos opcionales en una nueva ventana *Añadir a la compra* (no instalado"
" por defecto)"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12
msgid "Accessory products when checking out"
@ -393,6 +423,8 @@ msgid ""
"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer "
"reviews the cart before paying."
msgstr ""
"Los accesorios (por ejemplo para computadoras: el ratón, el teclado) "
"aparecen cuando el cliente revisa la cesta de compra antes de hacer el pago."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20
msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page."
@ -405,10 +437,14 @@ msgid ""
"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of "
"suggested accessories."
msgstr ""
"Existe un algoritmo para resolver cual es el mejor accesorio a mostrar, en "
"caso de que varios ítems sean agregados a la cesta de compra. Si algún ítem "
"es el accesorio de varios productos agregados a la cesta de compra, es muy "
"probable que se ubique en el top de la lista de accesorios sugeridos"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31
msgid "Optional products when adding to cart"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Productos opcionales al agregar a la cesta de compra"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33
msgid ""
@ -416,6 +452,10 @@ msgid ""
"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main "
"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step."
msgstr ""
"Los productos opcionales están directamente relacionados al ítem agregado a "
"la cesta de compra (por ejemplo, para computadoras: la garantía, el sistema "
"operativo, componentes extra). Cada vez que un producto primario es agregado"
" a la cesta de compra, una nueva ventana aparece como paso adicional."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40
msgid "To publish optional products:"
@ -427,23 +467,32 @@ msgid ""
"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show "
"up."
msgstr ""
"Instale el componente \"Productos Opcionales eCommerce\" en el menú "
"\"Apps\". También remueva el filtro por defecto para buscar componentes, de "
"lo contrario solo las aplicaciones principales aparecerán."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48
msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione ítems opcionales en la etiqueta \"ventas\" en el formulario de "
"detalle del producto"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54
msgid ""
"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item."
msgstr ""
"La cantidad de ítems opcionales agregados a la cesta de compra es la misma "
"que la del ítem principal."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3
msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Como ajustar los precios para los visitantes de mi sitio web"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5
msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:"
msgstr ""
"Esta sección da una idea sobre el precio de las funciones de la aplicación "
"eCommerce"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7
msgid "force a price by geo-localization,"
@ -458,20 +507,27 @@ msgid ""
"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: "
":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
msgstr ""
"Como pre-requisito, revise como administrar precio de productos:\n"
":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15
msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Geo-IP para actualizar automáticamente el precio correcto"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17
msgid ""
"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet "
"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website."
msgstr ""
"Asigne grupos de países a sus listas de precios. De esta forma, los "
"visitantes que aun no hayan iniciado sesión verán su propia moneda de divisa"
" cuando visiten su sitio web."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20
msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country."
msgstr ""
"Una vez haya iniciado sesión, ellos obtendrán la lista de precios "
"equivalente a la de su país."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23
msgid "Currency selector"
@ -483,6 +539,9 @@ msgid ""
"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website "
"drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"Si vende en distintas monedas, puede permitirle a sus clientes seleccionar "
"su propia moneda. Marque \"Seleccionable\" para agregar la lista de precios "
"al menú desplegable del sitio web."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`"
@ -505,6 +564,8 @@ msgid ""
"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing "
"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts."
msgstr ""
"Quiere aumentar sus ventas para Navidad? Comparta códigos promocionales a "
"través de sus campañas de mercadeo y aplique cualquier tipo de descuentos."
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13
@ -516,6 +577,8 @@ msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based"
" on formula* for *Sale Price*."
msgstr ""
"Ir a :menuselection:'Sales-->Settings' y seleccionar \"Opciones avanzadas de"
" precios basado en formula\" para \"Precio de venta\""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14
msgid ""
@ -523,12 +586,18 @@ msgid ""
" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a "
"code."
msgstr ""
"Ir a :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` y crear una "
"nueva lista de precios con la regla de descuento (ver :doc:'pricing'). Luego"
" ingrese un código"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21
msgid ""
"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in "
"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it."
msgstr ""
"Active el campo de texto Promocode en la cesta de compra (La opcion se "
"encuentra en el menu \"Personalizar\"). Agregue un producto a la cesta de "
"compra para visualizarlo"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27
msgid ""
@ -544,7 +613,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39
msgid "Show sales per pricelists..."
msgstr ""
msgstr "Muestra las ventas por lista de precios"
#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43
msgid ":doc:`pricing`"
@ -655,7 +724,7 @@ msgstr "Información general"
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3
msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Introducción al comercio electrónico con Odoo"
#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10
msgid ""
@ -756,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74
msgid "Set up Odoo"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Configure Odoo"
#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31
msgid ""

View File

@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2017\n"
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -28,6 +28,9 @@ msgid ""
"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our "
"product."
msgstr ""
"Este documento resume **Servicios Online de Odoo**, nuestro Success Pack "
"**Metodología de Implementación**, y mejores prácticas para comenzar con "
"nuestro producto."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
msgid ""
@ -68,6 +71,10 @@ msgid ""
" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que compres una subscripción Odoo Online, recibirás instrucciones "
"por email de cómo activar o crear tu base de datos. Desde este correo, "
"puedes activar tu base de datos existente en Odoo o crear una nueva desde "
"cero."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
msgid ""
@ -75,6 +82,9 @@ msgid ""
"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online "
"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Si no recibiste este correo, por ejemplo porque el pago fue hecho por "
"alguien más en tu compañía, contacta nuestro equipo de soporte usando "
"nuestra forma de soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
msgid ""
@ -91,6 +101,10 @@ msgid ""
"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the "
"user interface as shown in the picture below."
msgstr ""
"Para que te familiarices con el interfaz del usuario, tómate unos minutos "
"para crear archivos: *productos, clientes, oportunidades* o "
"*proyectos/tareas*. Sigue los puntos que parpadean, ellos te dan consejos "
"acerca de la interfaz del usuario como es mostrado en la siguiente imagen."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "|left_pic|"
@ -161,6 +175,9 @@ msgid ""
"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
msgstr ""
"Ve los videos en nuestra plataforma eLearning (grátis con tu primer Success "
"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
msgid ""
@ -175,6 +192,8 @@ msgid ""
"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online "
"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"O envía tus preguntas a nuestro equipo de soporte online a través de `forma "
"soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
msgid "What do we expect from you?"
@ -211,6 +230,10 @@ msgid ""
" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
"person must:"
msgstr ""
"Pedimos que mantengas un sólo punto de contacto en tu compañía para que "
"trabaje con nuestro jefe de proyectos en tu implementación de Odoo. Esto es "
"para asegurar eficiencia y una sola base de conocimiento en tu compañía. "
"Adicionalmente, esta persona debe:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
msgid ""
@ -218,6 +241,10 @@ msgid ""
"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
"implementations having a full time project manager."
msgstr ""
"**Tienes que estar disponible al menos 2 días completos por semana** para el"
" proyecto, de otra manera peligras ralentizar tu implementación. Más es "
"mejor con las implementaciones más rápidas teniendo un jefe de proyectos a "
"tiempo completo. "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
msgid ""
@ -227,6 +254,12 @@ msgid ""
"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
"it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
msgstr ""
"**Tener autoridad para tomar decisiones** por ellos mismos. Odoo usualmente "
"transforma todos los departamentos dentro de una compañía para mejor. Pueden"
" haber muchos pequeños detalles que necesitan cambios grandes por respuestas"
" y si hay mucho traspaso de responsabilidad entre tomadores de decisiones "
"internos en tu compañía podría ralentizar considerablemente todo el proceso."
" "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
msgid ""
@ -234,6 +267,9 @@ msgid ""
"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
"management."
msgstr ""
"**Tener el liderazgo** para capacitar y aplicar políticas interna con el "
"completo soporte de todos los departamentos y alta gerencia, o ser parte de "
"la gerencia."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
@ -276,6 +312,9 @@ msgid ""
"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
"system(s) work."
msgstr ""
"**Hazlo a la manera de Odoo, no la tuya** Se flexible, usa Odoo de la manera"
" que fue diseñado. Aprende como funciona y no trates de replicar la forma en"
" que funciona tu sistema antiguo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
msgid ""
@ -287,6 +326,14 @@ msgid ""
" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a "
"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
msgstr ""
"**El proyecto primero, customización segundo** Si de verdad quieres "
"customizar Odoo, pónlo al final del proyecto, idealmente después de haber "
"estado en producción por varios meses. Una vez que un cliente comienza a "
"usar Odoo, usualmente dejan alrededor de 60% de las solicitudes de "
"customización a medida que aprenden a realizar los flujos de trabajo fuera "
"de la caja, o a la manera de Odoo. Es más importante tener todos los "
"procesos de negocio funcionando que customizar una pantalla para añadir unos"
" cuantos campos por aquí y por allá o automatizar unos cuantos correos. "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
msgid ""
@ -315,6 +362,9 @@ msgid ""
" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and "
"easier your training phases will be."
msgstr ""
"Comienza tu periodo de prueba y juega con el sistema. A medida que te "
"sientas más cómodo navegando por Odoo, tomarás mejores decisiones y las "
"etapas de capacitación serán más rápidas y fáciles."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
msgid ""
@ -448,35 +498,142 @@ msgstr "Soporte"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
"San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and "
"everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
"configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
"Tu subscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra,"
" Lunes a Viernes**. Nuestros equipos estan localizados alrededor del mundo "
"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu localización. Tu "
"representativo de soporte puede comunicarse contigo desde San Francisco, "
"Bélgica, o India!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte está incluido?"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
"Proveerte con material relevante (guías, documentación de producto, etc...)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
"Respuestas para asegurar que puedes encontrarte en tu database de Odoo "
"stándar (ej. \"No puedo cerrar my Punto de Venta\" o \"¿No puedo encontrar "
"los KPI's de ventas?)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, subscripción, o facturación."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
"Resolución de problemas (bloquear problemas o comportamientos inesperados no"
" por desconfiguración o customización)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba despues de "
"actualizar a la nueva versión "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
"*Soporte de Odoo no hace cambios a tu base de datos de producción, pero te "
"entrega material y conocimiento para que lo hagas tu mismo!*"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte no está incluido?"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
"Preguntas que requieren que entendamos tu proceso de negocio para así "
"ayudarte a implementar tu base de datos"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
"Entrenamiento en cómo usar tu Software (te direccionaremos a nuestros "
"variados recursos)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
msgstr "Importación de documentos en tu base de datos"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
"Guía en qué configuraciones aplicar dentro de una aplicación o la base de "
"datos"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
"Como fijar modelos de configuración (Ejemplos incluyen: Rutas de Inventario,"
" Términos de Pagos, Bodegas, etc)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
"Preguntas o situaciones relacionadas a desarrollos específicos o "
"customizaciones hechas por Odoo o un tercero (esto es específico sólo para "
"tu base de datos o código involvente)"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Puedes tener este tipo de soporte con un `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultantes analizará la "
"manera que manejas tu negocio y decirte cómo puedes obtener lo mejor de tu "
"base de datos de Odoo. Manejaremos todas las configuraciones y te "
"entrenaremos en cómo usar Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestra `forma de"
" soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
msgid ""
"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
msgstr ""
"Nota: el equipo de soporte no puede desarollar nuevas funcionalidades, "
"customizar, importar data o entrenar sus usarios. Estos servicios estan "
"proveídos por su gerente de proyectos dedicado como parte de nuestro Sucess "
"Pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Actualizaciones"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
msgid ""
"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
@ -487,19 +644,23 @@ msgstr ""
" una actualización es a discreción de vosotros, pero le permite beneficiarse"
" de nuevas funcionalidades."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275
msgid ""
"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
"request."
msgstr ""
"Proveemos la opción de mejorar en una prueba de ambiente para que puedas "
"evaluar una nueva versión o capacitar a tu equipo antes del despliegue. "
"Simplemente llena nuestra `Forma de soporte online "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ para hacer esta solicitud."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
msgid "Success Pack Services"
msgstr "Servicios del Succes Pack"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282
msgid ""
"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
@ -510,62 +671,90 @@ msgid ""
"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an"
" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
msgstr ""
"El Success Pack es un paquete de servicios premium basados en horas otorgado"
" por un jefe de proyectos dedicado y un analista de negocios. Las primeras "
"horas asignadas que compraste son únicamente un estimado y no garantizamos "
"la completación de tu proyecto con el primer paquete. Siempre intentamos "
"completar proyectos en la primera asignación, aunque muchos factores pueden "
"contribuir a que no lo logremos; por ejemplo, una expansión de enfoque (o "
"\"síndrome del lavadero\") en el medio de tu implementación, descubrimiento "
"de nuevos detalles, o un incremento en la complejidad que no era aparente en"
" un comienzo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
msgid ""
"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr ""
"La lista de servicios de acuerdo a nuestro Success Pack es detallada online:"
" `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294
msgid ""
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
"your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
"El objetivo del jefe de proyectos es ayudarte a llegar a producción dentro "
"del marco de tiempo y presupuesto definido, por ejemplo el número inicial de"
" horas definida en tu Success Pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
msgid "His/her role includes:"
msgstr "Su rol incluye:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
msgid ""
"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
msgstr ""
"**Administración de Proyecto:** Revisión de tus objetivos y expectativas, "
"división de la implementación (plan de acción), asignación de tus "
"necesidades de negocios a las herramientas de Odoo. "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
msgstr ""
msgstr "**Soporte Customizado** Por teléfono, correo o seminario web."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306
msgid ""
"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
"consultant."
msgstr ""
"**Entrenamiento, Capacitación y consulta en sitio** Entrenamiento remoto a "
"través de compartir pantalla o entrenamiento en premisa. Para las sesiones "
"de entrenamientos en premisa, se espera que pagues extra por los gastos de "
"viaje y alojamiento de tu consultor"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311
msgid ""
"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
"structures, etc.)"
msgstr ""
"**Configuración:** Decisiones acerca de como implementar necesidades "
"específicas en Odoo y configuración avanzada. (por ejemplo rutas de "
"logística, estructura de precios avanzadas, etc) "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315
msgid ""
"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
"prepared by the project manager."
msgstr ""
"**Importe de Data**: Podemos hacerlo o asistirte en cómo hacerlo con un "
"modelo preparado por el jefe de proyecto."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318
msgid ""
"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
"services:"
msgstr ""
"Si te subscribiste a \"Estudio\", te beneficias de los siguientes servicios "
"extras:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
msgid ""
"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
@ -574,30 +763,41 @@ msgstr ""
"soltar para personalizar la mayoría de las pantallas como usted vea "
"adecuado."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324
msgid ""
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
" for advanced customizations."
msgstr ""
"**Customización de Reportes (PDF):** Estudio no te permitirá customizar los "
"reportes tu mismo, pero nuestro jefe de proyectos tienen acceso a "
"desarrolladores para customizaciones avanzadas."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
msgid ""
"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
"of your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
"**Diseño de página web:** Temas estándar son entregados al comenzar sin "
"costo extra. Sin embargo, nuestro jefe de proyecto puede capacitarte en cómo"
" utilizar los bloques de edificio en el diseño de página web. El tiempo "
"empleado consumirá horas de tu Success Pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
msgid ""
"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo "
"developers."
msgstr ""
"**Automatizaciones de flujos de trabajo:** Algunos ejemplos incluyen fijar "
"valores en campos basados en gatillos, enviar recordatorios por correo, "
"acciones automatizadas, etc. Para cada automatización avanzada, nuestros "
"jefes de proyectos tienen acceso a los desarrolladores de Odoo. "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
msgid ""
"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
@ -607,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Personalizaciones realizadas en Odoo Studio serán mantenidas y actualizadas "
"en cada actualización de Odoo, sin costo adicional."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
msgid ""
"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
" be deducted from your Success Pack."
@ -615,7 +815,7 @@ msgstr ""
"El tiempo invertido en realizar estas personalizaciones por parte de "
"nuestros analistas comerciales se deducirá de su paquete de éxito."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
msgid ""
"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
" developers intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
@ -625,25 +825,38 @@ msgid ""
" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
" subscription fee."
msgstr ""
"En caso de customización que no puede ser realizada a través de Estudio y "
"que requeriría la intervención de un desarrollador, esto requerirá Odoo.sh, "
"porfavor hablar a tu Jefe de Cuenta para más información. Adicionalmente, "
"cualquier trabajo realizado por un desarrollador añadirá una tarifa de "
"mantención recurrente a tu subscripción para cubrir mantención y "
"actualización de servicios. Este costo será basado en horas empleadas por el"
" desarrollador: 4€ o $5/mes, por hora de desarrollo será añadido a la tarifa"
" de subscripción."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353
msgid ""
"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
msgstr ""
"**Ejemplo:** Una customización que tomó 2 horas de desarrollo costará: 2 "
"horas deducidas de tu Success Pack por el desarrollo de customización 2 * $5"
" = $10/mes como tarifa recurrente por la mantención de esta customización."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
msgstr "Metodología de implantación"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
msgid ""
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
msgstr ""
"Seguimos una **metodología lean y hands-on\" que es usada para poner "
"clientes en producción en un corto periodo de tiempo y a un bajo costo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
msgid ""
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
"progressively, by groups of apps."
@ -651,47 +864,62 @@ msgstr ""
"Tras la reunión de lanzamiento, definimos un plan para desplegar Odoo "
"progresivamente, por grupos de aplicaciones."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
msgid ""
"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you "
"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
msgstr ""
"El objetivo de \"llamado inicial\" es para que nuestro jefe de proyecto "
"entienda tu negocio para así proponer un plan de implementación (fase). Cada"
" fase es el despliegue de un set de aplicaciones que usarás completamente en"
" producción al final de cada fase."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
msgstr "Para cada fase se dan los siguientes pasos:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
msgid ""
"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
msgstr ""
"**Incorporación:** El jefe de proyecto de Odoo revisará los flujos de "
"negocio contigo, de acuerdo a tu negocio. El objetivo es capacitarte, "
"validar el proceso de negocio y configurar de acuerdo a tus necesidades "
"específicas. "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
msgid ""
"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
"project manager will import them in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Datos:** Creado manualmente o importado de tu sistema existente. Tu eres "
"responsable de exportar los datos de tu sistema existente y el Jefe de "
"Proyecto de Odoo los importará en Odoo. "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
msgid ""
"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
"process your feedback."
msgstr ""
"**Entrenamiento:** Una vez que tus aplicaciones estén preparadas, tus data "
"importada y el sistema funcionando sin problemas, tu capacitarás a tus "
"usuarios. Habrá un intercambio entre tú y tu Jefe de Proyecto para responder"
" preguntas y procesar tu retroalimentación. "
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Producción**: En cuanto todo el mundo esté entrenado, sus usuarios "
"comienzan a usar Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
msgid ""
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
@ -701,18 +929,22 @@ msgstr ""
"finiquitar los procesos y **automatizar** algunas tareas y hacer las "
"restantes personalizaciónes (**pantallas extras y reportes**)."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398
msgid ""
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que todas las aplicaciones estén desplegadas y los usuarios cómodos "
"con Odoo, nuestro Jefe de Proyecto no seguirá trabajando en tu proyecto (a "
"menos que tengas necesidades nuevas) y usarás el servicio de soporte si "
"tienes preguntas."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404
msgid "Managing your databases"
msgstr "Gestionando sus bases de datos"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
msgid ""
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
@ -721,7 +953,7 @@ msgstr ""
"clic en **Mis bases de datos** en el menú desplegable que aparece en la "
"esquina superior derecha."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
@ -731,15 +963,19 @@ msgstr ""
"de actualizar a una versión más reciente. ¡No ensucie el entorno de trabajo "
"con los datos de prueba!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
msgid ""
"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My "
"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
msgstr ""
"Para esos propósitos, tu puedes crear cuantas pruebas gratis quieras (cada "
"una disponible por 15 días). Esas instancias pueden ser copias instantáneas "
"de tu ambiente de trabajo. Para hacerlo, ve a la cuenta en Odoo.com en la "
"página **Mis Organizaciones** y haz clic en **Duplicar**."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427
msgid ""
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
"<db_management/documentation>`."
@ -747,11 +983,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Puede encontrar más información acerca de como administrar sus bases de "
"datos :ref:`aquí <db_management/documentation>`."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431
msgid "Customer Success"
msgstr "Éxito del cliente"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433
msgid ""
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
@ -759,7 +995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo se apasiona en deleitar a nuestros clientes y asegurar que disponen de "
"todos los recursos para copmletar su proyecto."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436
msgid ""
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
"manager and eventually the support team."
@ -767,7 +1003,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Durante la fase de implementación. el punto de contacto es nuestro gerente "
"de proyectos, y posiblemente el equipo de soporte."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439
msgid ""
"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@ -781,7 +1017,7 @@ msgstr ""
"con nuestros clientes. Le contactará para demostrar nuevas versiones, "
"mejorar la manera de cómo utiliza Odoo y evaluar sus necesidades, etcétera."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446
msgid ""
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
@ -789,10 +1025,10 @@ msgstr ""
"¡Nuestro objetivo interno es mantener a un cliente durante al menos 10 años,"
" y ofrecerles una solución que crezca con sus necesidades!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
msgstr "¡Bienvenido a bordo, y disfrute su experiencia con Odoo!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452
msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: es\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr "Mi portal de Odoo"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
"Subscriptions."
msgstr ""
"En esta sección del portal encontrarás toda la comunicación entre tu y Odoo."
" Documentos tales como presupuestos, ordenes de venta, facturas y tus "
"subscripciones."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
"Para acceder a esta sección tienes que iniciar sesión con tu nombre de "
"usuario y contraseña de `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . Si es que "
"ya iniciaste sesión sólo haz clic en tu nombre en la esquina derecha arriba "
"y selecciona \"Mi Cuenta\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr "Presupuestos"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
"Aquí encontrarás todos los presupuestos enviados a tí por Odoo. Por ejemplo,"
" un presupuesto puede ser generado para tí después de añadir una aplicación "
"o un usuario a tu base de datos o si tu contrato tiene que ser renovado."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
"information."
msgstr ""
"La columna *Valido Hasta* muestra hasta cuándo el presupuesto es válido; "
"después de esa fecha, el presupuesto será \"Expirado\". Al cliquear en el "
"presupuesto, verás todos los detalles de la oferta, el precio y otra "
"información valiosa."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
msgstr ""
"Si quieres aceptar el presupuesto solo cliquea \"Acepta y Paga\" y el "
"presupuesto será confirmado. Si no quieres aceptarlo, o necesitas preguntar "
"por algunas modificaciones, cliquea en \"Pregunta Cambios Rechazar\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr "Pedidos de ventas"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
"will be registered under this section."
msgstr ""
"Todas tus compras en Odoo tales como ventas adicionales, temas, "
"aplicaciones, etc. serán registradas bajo esta sección."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
"Al cliquear en la orden de venta puedes revisar el detalle de los productos "
"comprados y procesar el pago."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr "Facturas"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
"you if the invoice has been paid."
msgstr ""
"Todas las facturas de tu subscripciones, o generadas por una orden de venta,"
" serán mostradas en esta sección. La etiqueta antes del monto a pagar te "
"indicará si la factura ha sido pagada."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
"Solo haz clic en la factura si deseas ver más información, pagar la factura "
"o descargar una versión PDF del documento."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr "Tickets"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
msgstr ""
"Cuando envías un ticket a través `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ un ticket será creado. Aquí puedes encontrar "
"todos los tickets que haz abierto, la conversación entre tu y tus Agentes, "
"Status del ticket y la ID (# Ref)."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Suscripciones"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
msgid ""
"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
"Puedes acceder a tu Subcripción con Odoo desde esta sección. La primera "
"página te muestra las subscripciones que tienes y su status."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
msgid ""
"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
"information and the payment method."
msgstr ""
"Al cliquear en la Subscripción tendrás acceso a todos los detalles respecto "
"a tu plan: esto incluye el número de aplicaciones compradas, la información "
"de factura y el método de pago."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
msgid ""
"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
"Para cambiar el método de pago haz clic en \"Cambiar Método de Pago\" y "
"entra los detalles de la nueva tarjeta de crédito."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
"Si quieres remover las tarjetas de crédito grabadas, lo puedes hacer al "
"cliquear en \"Administra tus métodos de pago\" al fondo de la página. Haz "
"clic en \"Borrar\" para borrar este método de pago."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
"A la fecha de la próxima factura, si es que no hay información del pago "
"disponible, o si tu tarjeta de crédito ha expirado, el status de tu "
"subscripción cambiará a \"Para renovar\". Luego tendrás 7 días para proveer "
"un método de pago válido. Después de esto, la subscripción será cerrada y no"
" tendrás más acceso a la base de datos."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr "Success Packs"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
"Con un Success Pack/Socio Success Pack, se te asigna un experto que provee "
"asistencia única y personalizada para ayudarte a customizar tu solución y "
"optimizar tus flow de trabajo como parte de tu implementación inicial. Estas"
" horas nunca expiran, permitiéndote utilizarlas cuando necesites soporte."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""
"Si necesitas información acerca de cómo manejar tu base de datos ve "
":ref:`db_online`"

View File

@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Miguel Mendez <migmen@virtuellhandel.no>, 2017\n"
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -26,180 +26,6 @@ msgstr "Proyecto"
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avanzado"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
msgstr "¿Cómo usar proyectos para gestionar reclamos/incidencias?"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5
msgid ""
"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring"
" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved "
"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of"
" the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
msgstr ""
"Una empresa que vende servicios de soporte, a menudo tiene que lidiar con "
"los problemas que se producen durante la ejecución del proyecto. Estos "
"problemas tienen que ser resueltos y seguimiento lo más rápido posible con "
"el fin de asegurar la capacidad de entrega del proyecto y la satisfacción "
"positiva del cliente."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
msgid ""
"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, "
"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical "
"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects "
"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email."
" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be"
" closed more quickly."
msgstr ""
"Por ejemplo, una compañía de TI que ofrece la implementación del software, "
"puede que tenga que hacer frente a los correos electrónicos de los clientes "
"que experimentan problemas técnicos. Odoo ofrece la oportunidad de crear "
"proyectos de apoyo dedicados a generar automáticamente las tareas al recibir"
" un correo electrónico de atención al cliente. De esta manera, la cuestión "
"se puede asignar directamente a un empleado y se puede cerrar más "
"rápidamente."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
msgid ""
"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for "
"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the "
"**Issue Tracking** modules."
msgstr ""
"Para la siguiente configuración se necesita ser capaz de utilizar los "
"proyectos para el apoyo y cuestiones. Necesita instalar los módulos de "
"**Gestión de proyectos** y el **Seguimiento de asuntos**."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
msgid "Create a project"
msgstr "Crear un proyecto"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
msgid ""
"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to "
"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a "
"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on "
"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename"
" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or "
"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the"
" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client "
"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
msgstr ""
"El primer paso para establecer un sistema de gestión de reclamaciones/el "
"tema es crear un proyecto relacionado con esas afirmaciones. Vamos a empezar"
" por la simple creación de un **proyecto de apoyo**. Ingrese al tablero de "
"aplicación del proyecto, haga clic en crear y nombre su proyecto **Apoyo**. "
"Marque la caja de **Cuestiones** y cambie el nombre del campo si desea "
"personalizar la etiqueta en cuestión (por ejemplo **Errores** o **Casos**). "
"Como las cuestiones son tareas orientadas al cliente, es posible que desee "
"ajustar la configuración de Privacidad/Visibilidad del **Proyecto Cliente** "
"(por lo tanto, su cliente será capaz de seguir su reclamo en su portal)."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
msgid ""
"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to "
"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty."
msgstr ""
"Puede vincular el proyecto a un cliente si el proyecto ha sido creado para "
"manejar una serie de cuestiones específicas de los clientes, de lo contrario"
" se puede dejar el campo vacío."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
msgid "Invite followers"
msgstr "Invitar seguidores"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
msgid ""
"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be "
"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two "
"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click"
" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add "
"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
msgstr ""
"Usted decide si es necesario notificar a sus empleados tan pronto como se "
"creará una nueva emisión. Por **Conversación** (parte inferior de la "
"pantalla), te darás cuenta de dos botones a la derecha: **Seguidor** (verde)"
" y **Ningún seguidor** (blanco). Haga clic en la primera para recibir "
"personalmente las notificaciones y en el segundo para añadir otros empleados"
" como seguidor del proyecto (ver imagen a continuación)."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
msgid "Set up your workflow"
msgstr "Configure su flujo de trabajo"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65
msgid ""
"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by "
"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to "
"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and "
"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on "
"your desired stage."
msgstr ""
"Usted puede personalizar fácilmente las etapas del proyecto para poder "
"adaptarse a su flujo de trabajo mediante la creación de nuevas columnas. "
"Desde la vista Kanban del proyecto, puede agregar etapas haciendo clic en "
"**Añadir una nueva columna** (ver imagen de abajo). Si desea cambiar el "
"orden de sus etapas, puede hacerlo fácilmente arrastrando y soltando la "
"columna que desea mover a la ubicación deseada. También puede editar, "
"pliegue o despliegue en cualquier momento sus etapas utilizando el icono de "
"**ajustes** en la etapa deseada."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
msgid "Generate issues from emails"
msgstr "Generar incidencias desde correos"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79
msgid ""
"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing "
"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is "
"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias."
msgstr ""
"Cuando el proyecto está correctamente configurado y guardado, usted lo verá "
"aparecer en su tablero. Tenga en cuenta que una dirección de correo "
"electrónico para este proyecto se generará de forma automática, con el "
"nombre del proyecto como alias."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87
msgid ""
"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu "
":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias "
"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you "
"will now see the email address under the name of your project."
msgstr ""
"Si no puede ver la dirección de correo electrónico en su proyecto, vaya al "
"menú :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes Generales` y configure su dominio "
"como alias. De clic en **Aplicar** y vuelve a su tablero de **Proyectos** "
"donde ahora verá la dirección de correo electrónico con el nombre de su "
"proyecto."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
msgid ""
"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a "
"new issue will be created."
msgstr ""
"Cada vez que uno de su cliente le envía un correo electrónico a la dirección"
" de correo electrónico, se creará una nueva emisión."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
msgstr "¿Cómo obtener retroalimentación de los clientes?"
@ -422,6 +248,12 @@ msgstr ""
"refacturados según el acuerdo con el cliente y con el tiempo extra dedicado "
"al proyecto."
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
msgid "Install the required applications"
msgstr "Instalar las aplicaciones requeridas "
@ -568,6 +400,11 @@ msgstr ""
"En Odoo, el documento central es la orden de las ventas, lo que significa "
"que el documento de origen de la tarea es la orden de venta relacionada."
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
@ -1404,66 +1241,52 @@ msgstr ""
"clic en **Guardar**."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?"
msgstr "¿Cómo visualizar un proyecto de tareas?"
msgid "Visualize a project's tasks"
msgstr "Visualiza la tarea de un proyecto"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks"
msgstr "¿Cómo visualizar un proyecto de tareas?"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7
msgid ""
"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as "
"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due "
"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex "
"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real "
"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the "
"different tasks you have to cope with."
"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important "
"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having "
"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo "
"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you "
"have to cope with."
msgstr ""
"Las tareas son tareas que los miembros de sus organizaciones tienen que "
"cumplir como parte de un proyecto. En el día a día del negocio, su empresa "
"podría tener problemas debido a la importante cantidad de tareas que "
"cumplir. Aquellas tareas son lo suficientemente complejas. Hay que recordar "
"a todos y dar seguimiento de ellos puede ser una verdadera carga. Por "
"suerte, Odoo permite visualizar y organizar las diferentes tareas que tienen"
" que hacer frente de manera eficiente."
"En los negocios del día a día, tu compañía puede sufrir debido a la gran "
"cantidad de tareas por completar. Esas tareas son de por sí, complejas. "
"Tener que acordarse de todas ellas y además hacerle seguimiento puede ser "
"una carga. Por suerte, Odoo te permite visualizar efectivamente y organizar "
"las diferentas tareas que tienes que abarcar."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12
msgid "Create a task"
msgstr "Crea una tarea"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14
msgid ""
"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one."
msgstr ""
"En la aplicación de proyecto, selecciona un proyecto existente o crea uno "
"nuevo."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
msgid "In the project, create a new task."
msgstr "En el proyecto, crea una tarea nueva."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22
msgid ""
"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module"
" application."
"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a "
"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task."
msgstr ""
"La única configuración que usted necesita es instalar el módulo de proyecto "
"en el módulo de aplicaciones. "
"En esa tarea puedes luego asignarla a la persona correcta, añadir etiquetas,"
" una fecha límite, descripciones... y todo lo que puedas necesitar para esa "
"tarea"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24
msgid "Creating Tasks"
msgstr "Creando tareas"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29
msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view"
msgstr "Ve tus tareas con la vista Kanban"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply "
"open the project and click on create a task."
msgstr ""
"Una vez creado el proyecto, usted puede fácilmente generar tareas. "
"Simplemente es necesario abrir el proyecto y hacer clic en crear una tarea."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32
msgid ""
"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will "
"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a "
"deadline if there is one."
msgstr ""
"Usted debe proporcionar primero el nombre de la tarea, el proyecto "
"relacionado automáticamente se rellena, se asigna el proyecto a alguien, y "
"se seleccione una fecha límite, si así lo desea."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
msgstr "Obtener una visión general de las actividades con la vista Kanban"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31
msgid ""
"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks "
"to the Kanban view."
@ -1471,7 +1294,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Una vez creadas las distintas tareas, pueden ser gestionadas y se puede dar "
"seguimiento gracias a la vista de Kanban."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34
msgid ""
"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which "
@ -1481,7 +1304,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Permite tener una visión clara de las etapas de sus tareas que se encuentran"
" en y que cuales tienen prioridades más altas."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
msgid ""
"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are"
@ -1492,68 +1315,72 @@ msgstr ""
"usted desea otra vista, se puede volver a ella en cualquier momento haciendo"
" clic en el logotipo de la vista Kanban en la esquina superior derecha."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57
msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?"
msgstr "¿Cómo notificar a sus colegas sobre el estado de una tarea?"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from "
"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task"
" and indicate if the task is ready."
msgstr ""
"Puedes notificar a tus colegas acerca del status de una tarea directamente "
"desde la vista kanban usando el punto pequeño, notificará al seguidor de la "
"tarea e indicará si la tarea está lista."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53
msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view"
msgstr "Ordena tareas en la vista Kanban"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55
msgid ""
"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star "
"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them "
"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked"
" to their creation date."
msgstr ""
"Las tareas son ordenadas por prioridades, las que puedes asignar al hacer "
"clic en la estrella al lado del reloj y luego por secuencia, lo que "
"significa que si las mueves manualmente usandro arrastra & suelta, estarán "
"en ese orden y finalmente por su ID conectada a la fecha de creación."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
msgstr "Ordenar tareas por prioridad"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65
msgid ""
"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the "
"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
"En cada una de sus columnas, usted tiene la posibilidad de ordenar las "
"tareas por prioridad. Las tareas con una prioridad más alta se moverán "
"automáticamente a la parte superior de la columna. Desde el punto de vista "
"de Kanban, haga clic en la estrella en la parte inferior izquierda de una "
"tarea para etiquetarlo como de **alta prioridad**. Para las tareas que no "
"están etiquetadas, Odoo las clasificará automáticamente en función de sus "
"plazos."
"Las tareas que fueron pasadas sus fechas límites, aparecerán en rojo en tu "
"vista Kanban."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67
msgid ""
"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard "
"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks."
msgstr ""
"Si pones una tarea de baja prioridad encima, cuando vuelvas a tu tablero la "
"próxima vez, se habrá movido de vuelta abajo de las tareas con alta "
"prioridad"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr "Administra fechas límites en la vista de Calendario"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74
msgid ""
"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list "
"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, "
"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set "
"easily in a single window."
msgstr ""
"Tenga en cuenta que las fechas que pasaron sus plazos aparecerán en rojo (en"
" la vista de lista también) para que pueda seguir con facilidad hasta la "
"progresión de las diferentes tareas."
"También tienes la opción de cambiar de una vista Kanban a una vista de "
"calendario, permitiéndote ver todas las fechas límite para cada tarea que "
"tiene una fecha límite asignada fácilmente en una sola ventana."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr "Mantenga seguimiento en los plazos con la vista de Calendario"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78
msgid ""
"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a "
"single window."
"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can "
"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see."
msgstr ""
"Si agrega una fecha límite en la tarea, aparecerán en la vista de "
"calendario. Como gerente, este punto de vista le permite mantener "
"seguimiento de toda la fecha límite en una sola ventana."
"Las tareas son codificadas con colores al empleado al cual fue asignado y "
"puedes filtrar las fechas límites por empleado al seleccionar la fecha "
"límite de la persona que desees."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
msgid ""
"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
msgstr ""
"Todas las tareas etiquetadas con un color correspondiente al empleado "
"asignado a ellos. Puedes filtrar fácilmente los plazos por parte de "
"empleados marcando las casillas correspondientes en la derecha de la vista "
"de calendario."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
msgid ""
"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and "
@ -1813,6 +1640,10 @@ msgstr ""
"No olvides de asignar a la persona responsable y el tiempo estimado en caso "
"de tenerlos."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
msgstr "Obtener una visión general de las actividades con la vista Kanban"
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
msgid ""
"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
@ -1855,6 +1686,10 @@ msgstr ""
" el desarrollo de proyecto, las etapas podrían ser: Especificaciones, "
"Desarrollo, Pruebas, Terminado."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
msgstr "Ordenar tareas por prioridad"
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
msgid ""
"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
@ -1915,6 +1750,10 @@ msgstr ""
"el icono de la vista de lista (ver más abajo). La última columna le mostrará"
" el progreso de cada tarea."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr "Mantenga seguimiento en los plazos con la vista de Calendario"
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
msgid ""
"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
@ -1925,6 +1764,17 @@ msgstr ""
"calendario. Como gerente, este punto de vista le permite mantener un "
"seguimiento en todos los plazos en una sola ventana."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
msgid ""
"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
msgstr ""
"Todas las tareas etiquetadas con un color correspondiente al empleado "
"asignado a ellos. Puedes filtrar fácilmente los plazos por parte de "
"empleados marcando las casillas correspondientes en la derecha de la vista "
"de calendario."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
msgstr ":doc:`forecast`"

View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2017\n"
"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1208,6 +1208,8 @@ msgstr "Solicitud de Cotización"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3
msgid "How to determine if a vendor bill should be paid (3-way matching)"
msgstr ""
"Como determinar si la factura de un vendedor debe ser pagada (matching de 3 "
"maneras)"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -1215,6 +1217,9 @@ msgid ""
"the ordered products. However, the bill should maybe not be paid until the "
"products have actually been received."
msgstr ""
"En algunas industrias, puedes recibir una factura de un vendedor antes de "
"recibir los productos ordenados. Sin embargo, la factura puede que no sea "
"pagada hasta que los productos sean recibidos."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9
msgid ""
@ -1223,22 +1228,30 @@ msgid ""
"information appearing on the Purchase Order, the Vendor Bill and the "
"Receipt."
msgstr ""
"Para definir si la factura del vendedor debe ser pagada o no, puedes usar lo"
" que se llama la **3-way matching**. Se refiere a la comparación de la "
"información que aparece en la orden de compra, la factura del vendedor y el "
"recibo. "
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14
msgid ""
"The 3-way matching helps you to avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor "
"bills."
msgstr ""
"La 3-way matching te ayuda a evitar pagar facturas incorrectas o vendedores "
"fraudulentos"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20
msgid ""
"Go in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate "
"the 3-way matching."
msgstr ""
"Anda a :menúselección:`Compra --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y activa la "
"3-way matching."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:30
msgid "Should I pay this vendor bill?"
msgstr ""
msgstr "¿Debo pagar esta factura del vendedor?"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32
msgid ""
@ -1246,20 +1259,25 @@ msgid ""
"vendor bill, defining whether the bill should be paid or not. There are "
"three possible values:"
msgstr ""
"Una vez que estos ajustes sean activados, una nueva información aparecerá en"
" la factura del vendedor, definiendo si es que la factura debe ser pagada o "
"no. Hay tres posibles valores:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:36
msgid "*Use case 1*: I have received the ordered products."
msgstr ""
msgstr "*Usa caso 1*: He recibido los productos ordenados."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:43
msgid "*Use case 2*: I have not received the ordered products."
msgstr ""
msgstr "*Usa caso 2*: No he recibido los productos ordenados."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:50
msgid ""
"*Use case 3*: the quantities do not match across the Purchase Order, Vendor "
"Bill and Receipt."
msgstr ""
"*Usa caso 3*: Las cantidades no coinciden en la orden de venta, factura de "
"vendedor y recibo. "
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:59
msgid ""
@ -1267,6 +1285,9 @@ msgid ""
"this status manually, you can tick the box *Force Status* and then you will "
"be able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not."
msgstr ""
"El status es definido automáticamente por Odoo. Sin embargo, si quieres "
"definir el status manualmente, puedes marcar *Force Status* y luego podrás "
"fijar manualmente si es que la factura del vendedor debe ser pagada o no."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3
msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?"
@ -2530,7 +2551,7 @@ msgstr "Licitaciones de compra"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:3
msgid "How to manage Blanket Orders"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Como administrar ordenes blanket."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:5
msgid ""
@ -2541,21 +2562,30 @@ msgid ""
" of time, at a lower price, without paying for the large order immediately. "
"Each small periodic delivery is called a release or call-off."
msgstr ""
"Una **Blanket Order** es un contrato entre tu (el cliente) y tu proveedor "
"específico. Es usado para negociar un precio descontado. El proveedor es "
"beneficiado por las economias de escala inherentes en una orden larga. Te "
"beneficias al tener la posibilidad de tomar hartas ordenes pequeñas en un "
"periodo de tiempo, a un precio menor, sin tener que pagar la orden de "
"inmediato. Cada entrega pequeña se llama lanzamiento o cancelación."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:12
msgid ""
"As the blanket order is a contract, it will have some prearranged "
"conditions. These usually include:"
msgstr ""
"Como la orden blanket es un contrato, tendrá algunas condiciones pre "
"arregladas. Estas usualmente incluyen:"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:15
msgid "Total quantity of each product to be delivered"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Cantidad total de cada producto a entregar"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:17
msgid ""
"Completion deadline, by which you must take delivery of the total quantity"
msgstr ""
"Fecha de completación, para la cual debes tomar entrega de la cantidad total"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:19
msgid "Unit price for each product"
@ -2563,11 +2593,11 @@ msgstr "Precio unitario para cada producto"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:21
msgid "Delivery lead time in days for each release"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Plaso de entrega en días para cada lanzamiento"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:24
msgid "Activate the Purchase Agreements"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Activa los acuerdos de compra"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:26
msgid ""
@ -2575,6 +2605,9 @@ msgid ""
"By default, the Purchase Agreements is not activated. To be able to use "
"blanket orders, you must first activate the option."
msgstr ""
"La función orden blanket es entregada por la característica Acuerdo de "
"Compra. Por defecto, el acuerdo de compra no es activado. Para usar blanket "
"orders, tienes que primero activar la opción."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:30
msgid ""
@ -2582,16 +2615,21 @@ msgid ""
"In the **Orders** section, locate the **Purchase Agreements** and tick the "
"box, then click on **Save**."
msgstr ""
"En el módulo de compra, abre el menú configuración y haz clic en Ajustes. En"
" la sección **Ordenes**, localiza el **Acuerdo de compra** y marca la caja, "
"luego haz clic en **Guardar**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:38
msgid "Create a Blanket Order"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Crea una Blanket Order"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:40
msgid ""
"To create a new blanket order, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
"Agreements`."
msgstr ""
"Para crear una orden blanket, abre :menuselección:`Compra --> Acuerdo de "
"Compra`."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:45
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39
@ -2599,28 +2637,33 @@ msgid ""
"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase "
"Agreement window opens."
msgstr ""
"En la ventana de acuerdo de compra, haz clic en **Crea**. Un nuevo Acuerdo "
"de Compra se abrirá."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:48
msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Blanket Order."
msgstr ""
msgstr "En el campo **Tipo de Acuerdo**, elige orden blanket."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:50
msgid "Choose the **Vendor** with whom you will make the agreement."
msgstr ""
msgstr "Elige el **Vendedor** con el que harás el acuerdo."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:52
msgid "Set the **Agreement Deadline** as per the conditions of the agreement."
msgstr ""
"Fija la **Fecha límite del Acuerdo** como en las condiciones del acuerdo."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:54
msgid "Set the **Ordering Date** to the starting date of the contract."
msgstr ""
msgstr "Fija la **Fecha de Orden** a la fecha de partida del contrato."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:56
msgid ""
"Leave the **Delivery Date** empty because we will have different delivery "
"dates with each release."
msgstr ""
"Deja la **Fecha de Entrega** vacía porque tendremos distintas fechas de "
"entrega con cada lanzamiento."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:59
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:52
@ -2629,6 +2672,9 @@ msgid ""
"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as "
"you wish."
msgstr ""
"En la sección **Productos**, haz clic en **Agrega un Item**. Selecciona "
"productos en Lista de Productos, luego ingresa **Cantidad**. Puedes agregar "
"cuantos productos quieras."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:66
msgid "Click on **Confirm**."
@ -2639,6 +2685,9 @@ msgid ""
"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created for this vendor,"
" with the products chosen on the PT. Repeat this operation for each release."
msgstr ""
"Ahora haz clic en el botón **Nuevo Presupuesto**. Un RfQ es creado para este"
" vendedor, con los productos elegidos en el PT. Repite esta operación para "
"cada lanzamiento."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:71
msgid ""
@ -2646,12 +2695,17 @@ msgid ""
" quantity will be for the entire remaining quantity. Your individual "
"releases should be for some smaller quantity."
msgstr ""
"Ten cuidado al cambiar la **Cantidad** campo en el RFQ. Por defecto, la "
"cantidad RFQ será por la cantidad total restante. Tus lanzamientos "
"individuales deben ser para algunas cantidades más pequeñas."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:78
msgid ""
"When all of the releases (purchase orders) have been delivered and paid, you"
" can click on **Validate** and **Done**."
msgstr ""
"Cuando todos los lanzamientos (ordenes de compra) han sido entregados y "
"pagados, puedes hacer clic en **Validar** y **Hecho**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:81
msgid ""
@ -2659,6 +2713,9 @@ msgid ""
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
" in our Online Demonstration."
msgstr ""
"Ve `Acuerdo de Compra "
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
" en nuestra Demostración Online."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_blanket_orders.rst:88
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:83
@ -2667,7 +2724,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3
msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Como administrar Licitaaciones de Compra"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12
msgid ""
@ -2675,10 +2732,13 @@ msgid ""
"Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/11.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
msgstr ""
"Para más información en mejores usos, por favor lee el capítulo `Request for"
" Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/11.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17
msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Activa la función de Licitación de Compra"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19
msgid ""
@ -2694,42 +2754,54 @@ msgid ""
"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the"
" box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**."
msgstr ""
"En el módulo de Compras, abre el menú Configuración y haz clic en Ajustes. "
"En la sección orden de compra, localiza la **Llamadas para Licitaciones** y "
"marca la caja Permitir usando llamada para licitaciones... (avanzado), luego"
" haz clic en **Aplicar**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31
msgid "Create a Purchase Tender"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Crea una Licitación de Compra"
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33
msgid ""
"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase "
"Agreements (PA)`."
msgstr ""
"Para crear una nueva Licitación de Compra, abre :menuselection:`Purchase -->"
" Purchase Agreements (PA)`."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42
msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender."
msgstr ""
msgstr "En el campo **Tipo Acuerdo**, elige Licitación Compra."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44
msgid ""
"The **Agreement Deadline** field tells the vendors when to have their offers"
" submitted."
msgstr ""
"El campo **Fecha límite de Acuerdo** le dice al vendedor cuando tener sus "
"ofertas entregadas."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46
msgid ""
"The **Ordering Date** field tells the vendors when we will submit a purchase"
" order to the chosen vendor."
msgstr ""
"El campo **Fecha de Orden** le dice al vendedor cuando enviarémos una orden "
"de compra al vendedor elegido."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:48
msgid ""
"The **Delivery Date** field tells the vendors when the product will have to "
"be delivered."
msgstr ""
"El campo **Fecha de Entrega** le dice al vendedor cuando el producto tiene "
"que ser entregado."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:50
msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**."
msgstr ""
msgstr "No tienes que definir un **Vendedor**."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:59
msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**."
@ -2741,10 +2813,15 @@ msgid ""
"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the "
"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor."
msgstr ""
"Ahora haz clic en el botón **Nuevo Presupuesto**. Un RfQ es creado con los "
"productos elegidos en el PT. Elige un **Vendedor** y envía el RfQ al "
"vendedor. Repite esta operación para cada vendedor."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68
msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que todos los RfQs sean enviados, puedes hacer clic en **Validar** "
"en el PT."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70
msgid ""
@ -2752,10 +2829,13 @@ msgid ""
"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on"
" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others."
msgstr ""
"Los vendedores enviarán sus ofertas, puedes actualizar los RfQs de acuerdo a"
" esto. Luego, elige los que deseas aceptar cliqueando en **Confirmar Orden**"
"  en los RfQs y **Cancela** los otros."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:74
msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT."
msgstr ""
msgstr "Ahora puedes hacer clic en **Hecho** en el PT."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:76
msgid ""
@ -2763,6 +2843,9 @@ msgid ""
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
" in our Online Demonstration."
msgstr ""
"Ve `Purchase Tenders "
"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__"
" en nuestra demostración en línea."
#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3
msgid ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ msgid "Several actions are available:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr "Mettre à jour"
msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid ""
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
msgid "Rename"
msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Delete a database instantly"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:47
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid "Contact Support"
msgstr ""
@ -105,18 +105,74 @@ msgid ""
"database already selected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:52
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr "Mettre à jour"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
msgid ""
"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid ""
"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
"database to the new version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
msgid ""
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
"migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
"database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:59
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
@ -127,37 +183,37 @@ msgstr ""
"cliquer sur **Dupliquer**. Vous devrez donner un nom à votre copie, puis "
"cliquez sur **Dupliquer la base de données**."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
msgid ""
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:69
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "Les courriels sont envoyés"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:71
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
msgid ""
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "Les bons de livraison (fournisseurs d'expédition) sont envoyés"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:78
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
msgid ""
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
"behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
@ -166,20 +222,32 @@ msgstr ""
"données. Notez que l'URL utilise le nom que vous avez choisi lors de la "
"duplication."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:85
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
"Les copies de bases de données expirent automatiquement après 15 jours."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:93
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid ""
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:95
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
msgid ""
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
@ -187,31 +255,38 @@ msgid ""
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid ""
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
msgid ""
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
msgid ""
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid ""
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
msgid ""
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
@ -257,8 +332,8 @@ msgstr "Avez-vous un abonnement Entreprise valide ?"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid ""
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account "
"Manager"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
" Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
@ -275,7 +350,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"database\""
msgstr ""
@ -302,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
"specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: kaj nithi <kajanth.nithiy@skipthedishes.ca>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid ""
"You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating "
"your own email solution with Odoo."
"your own email solution with Odoo. .. note::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:19
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
msgid ""
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
@ -61,25 +61,25 @@ msgid ""
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
msgstr "Puis-je utiliser un serveur Office 365?"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
msgid ""
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:38
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
msgid ""
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ msgid ""
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:42
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
@ -99,54 +99,54 @@ msgid ""
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@ -156,22 +156,22 @@ msgid ""
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
@ -179,58 +179,58 @@ msgid ""
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catcall@, "
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgid ""
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@ -250,21 +250,21 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -431,35 +431,109 @@ msgstr "Assistance"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
"San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and "
"everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
"configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
msgid ""
"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
msgstr ""
"Note : L'équipe de support ne peut pas développer de nouvelles "
"fonctionnalités, personnaliser, importer des données ou former vos "
"utilisateurs. Ces services sont fournis par votre chef de projet dédié, dans"
" le cadre du Succes Pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Mises à jour"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
msgid ""
"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
@ -470,7 +544,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mettre à niveau votre base de données reste votre décision, mais vous permet"
" de bénéficier de nouvelles fonctionnalités."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275
msgid ""
"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
@ -478,11 +552,11 @@ msgid ""
"request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
msgid "Success Pack Services"
msgstr "Services Succes Pack"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282
msgid ""
"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
@ -494,34 +568,34 @@ msgid ""
" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
msgid ""
"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294
msgid ""
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
"your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
msgid "His/her role includes:"
msgstr "Son rôle comprend :"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
msgid ""
"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306
msgid ""
"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
@ -529,39 +603,39 @@ msgid ""
"consultant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311
msgid ""
"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
"structures, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315
msgid ""
"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
"prepared by the project manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318
msgid ""
"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
"services:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
msgid ""
"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324
msgid ""
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
" for advanced customizations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
msgid ""
"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
@ -569,7 +643,7 @@ msgid ""
"of your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
msgid ""
"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
@ -577,20 +651,20 @@ msgid ""
"developers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
msgid ""
"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
msgid ""
"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
" be deducted from your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
msgid ""
"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
" developers intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
@ -601,24 +675,24 @@ msgid ""
" subscription fee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353
msgid ""
"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
msgstr "Méthodologie d'implémentation"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
msgid ""
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
msgid ""
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
"progressively, by groups of apps."
@ -626,7 +700,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Après la réunion de lancement, nous définissons un planning en plusieurs "
"phases pour déployer Odoo progressivement, par groupes d'apps."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
msgid ""
"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
@ -634,25 +708,25 @@ msgid ""
"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
msgstr "Pour chaque phase, les étapes sont les suivantes :"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
msgid ""
"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
msgid ""
"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
"project manager will import them in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
msgid ""
"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
@ -660,13 +734,13 @@ msgid ""
"process your feedback."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Production :** une fois que tout le monde est formé, les utilisateurs "
"commencent à utiliser Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
msgid ""
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
@ -676,18 +750,18 @@ msgstr ""
"processus, **automatiser** certaines tâches et faire les personnalisations "
"restantes (**écrans supplémentaires et rapports**)."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398
msgid ""
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404
msgid "Managing your databases"
msgstr "Gestion de vos bases de données"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
msgid ""
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
@ -696,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cliquez sur **My Databases** dans le menu déroulant situé dans le coin "
"supérieur droit."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
@ -706,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr ""
"direct ou avant de passer à une version plus récente. Ne gâchez pas votre "
"environnement de travail avec des données de test !"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
msgid ""
"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
@ -714,7 +788,7 @@ msgid ""
"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427
msgid ""
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
"<db_management/documentation>`."
@ -722,11 +796,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Vous pourrez trouver plus d'informations sur la façon de gérer vos bases de "
"données :ref:`ici <db_management/documentation>`."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431
msgid "Customer Success"
msgstr "Succès Client"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433
msgid ""
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
@ -734,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo se passionne pour ravir nos clients, et de veiller à ce qu'ils "
"disposent de toutes les ressources nécessaires pour réaliser leur projet."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436
msgid ""
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
"manager and eventually the support team."
@ -742,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Pendant la phase de mise en œuvre, votre contact est le chef de projet, et "
"éventuellement l'équipe d'assistance."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439
msgid ""
"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@ -757,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nouvelles versions, améliorer la façon dont vous travaillez avec Odoo, "
"évaluer vos nouveaux besoins, etc."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446
msgid ""
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
@ -765,10 +839,10 @@ msgstr ""
"Notre objectif interne est de garder les clients au moins pendant 10 ans, et"
" de leur offrir une solution qui grandit avec leurs besoins!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
msgstr "Bienvenue à bord et profiter de votre expérience Odoo !"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452
msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Sébastien Le Ray <sebastien-github@orniz.org>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
"Subscriptions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr "Devis"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr "Bons de commandes"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
"will be registered under this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr "Factures"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
"you if the invoice has been paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr "Tickets"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Abonnements"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
msgid ""
"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
msgid ""
"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
"information and the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
msgid ""
"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -26,141 +26,6 @@ msgstr "Projet"
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avancé"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
msgstr "Comment utiliser des projets pour gérer des demandes/questions ?"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5
msgid ""
"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring"
" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved "
"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of"
" the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
msgstr ""
"Une entreprise qui vend souvent des services de support doit faire face à "
"des problèmes qui se produisent au cours de la mise en œuvre du projet. Ces "
"problèmes doivent être résolus et suivis aussi vite que possible afin "
"d'assurer la livraison du projet et une satisfaction positive de la "
"clientèle."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
msgid ""
"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, "
"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical "
"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects "
"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email."
" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be"
" closed more quickly."
msgstr ""
"Par exemple, en tant que société de service dans le domaine informatique "
"offrant sa propre solution, vous pourriez avoir à négocier avec les emails "
"de clients qui remontent des problèmes techniques. Odoo vous offre "
"l'occasion de créer un support pour les projets qui génère automatiquement "
"des actions à effectuer dès réception d'une demande de support par mail. De "
"cette manière, le problème du client peut être directement affecté à l'un "
"des employé et être résolu plus rapidement."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
msgid ""
"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for "
"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the "
"**Issue Tracking** modules."
msgstr ""
"La configuration suivante est nécessaire pour être en mesure d'utiliser"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
msgid "Create a project"
msgstr "Créer un projet"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
msgid ""
"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to "
"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a "
"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on "
"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename"
" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or "
"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the"
" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client "
"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
msgid ""
"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to "
"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
msgid "Invite followers"
msgstr "Inviter des lecteurs"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
msgid ""
"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be "
"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two "
"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click"
" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add "
"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
msgid "Set up your workflow"
msgstr "Mettre en place votre flux de travail"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65
msgid ""
"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by "
"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to "
"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and "
"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on "
"your desired stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
msgid "Generate issues from emails"
msgstr "Générer des problèmes depuis des emails"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79
msgid ""
"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing "
"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is "
"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87
msgid ""
"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu "
":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias "
"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you "
"will now see the email address under the name of your project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
msgid ""
"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a "
"new issue will be created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/installation`"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
msgstr "Comment recueillir le feedback des clients ?"
@ -334,6 +199,12 @@ msgid ""
" overtime spent on the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuration"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
msgid "Install the required applications"
msgstr "Installer les applications requises"
@ -443,6 +314,11 @@ msgid ""
"source document of the task is the related sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/installation`"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
msgstr ""
@ -1097,65 +973,55 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?"
msgid "Visualize a project's tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks"
msgid ""
"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important "
"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having "
"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo "
"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you "
"have to cope with."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12
msgid "Create a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14
msgid ""
"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as "
"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due "
"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex "
"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real "
"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the "
"different tasks you have to cope with."
"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
msgid "In the project, create a new task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22
msgid ""
"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module"
" application."
"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a "
"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24
msgid "Creating Tasks"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29
msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply "
"open the project and click on create a task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32
msgid ""
"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will "
"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a "
"deadline if there is one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31
msgid ""
"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks "
"to the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34
msgid ""
"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which "
"one have the higher priorities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
msgid ""
"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are"
@ -1163,51 +1029,54 @@ msgid ""
" logo in the upper right corner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57
msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from "
"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task"
" and indicate if the task is ready."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53
msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55
msgid ""
"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star "
"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them "
"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked"
" to their creation date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
msgid ""
"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67
msgid ""
"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the "
"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard "
"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74
msgid ""
"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list "
"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, "
"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set "
"easily in a single window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78
msgid ""
"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a "
"single window."
"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can "
"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
msgid ""
"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
msgid ""
"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and "
@ -1374,6 +1243,10 @@ msgid ""
"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
msgid ""
"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
@ -1406,6 +1279,10 @@ msgstr ""
"projet de developpement, les phases doivent correspondre à : specifications,"
" Développement, Essai, Fin. "
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
msgid ""
"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
@ -1445,6 +1322,10 @@ msgid ""
"show you the progression of each task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
msgid ""
"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
@ -1452,6 +1333,13 @@ msgid ""
"single window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
msgid ""
"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
msgstr ":doc:`forecast`"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@ -628,24 +628,11 @@ msgstr "Pages HTML"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234
msgid ""
"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the "
":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra "
"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc."
"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web "
"server (NGINX or Apache)."
msgstr ""
"Odoo vous permet de minifier les pages HTML, depuis l'app **Website Admin** "
"grâce au menu de :menuselection:`configuration`. Les espaces et tabulations"
" de trop seront automatiquement enlevés de votre code HTML, le code de "
"certaines balises allégé, etc."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
msgid ""
"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually "
"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
msgstr ""
"De plus, les pages HTML peuvent être compressées, mais cela est généralement"
" pris en charge par votre serveur (NGINX ou Apache)."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237
msgid ""
"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short "
"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, "
@ -655,7 +642,7 @@ msgstr ""
"propre. Des blocs ont été développés afin de produire un code HTML propre, "
"généralement grâce à Bootstrap et à l'éditeur HTML."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
msgid ""
"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a "
"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the "
@ -665,11 +652,11 @@ msgstr ""
"utilise la couleur primaire de votre site web, Odoo produira le code suivant"
" :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245
msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``"
msgstr "\"<p class=\"text-primary\">Mon texte</p>\""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247
msgid ""
"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following "
"code:"
@ -677,15 +664,15 @@ msgstr ""
"Tandis que la plupart des éditeurs HTML (tels que CKEditor) produiront le "
"code suivant :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250
msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``"
msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mon texte</p>``"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253
msgid "Responsive Design"
msgstr "Design responsive"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255
msgid ""
"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in"
" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render "
@ -696,7 +683,7 @@ msgstr ""
" un rendu adéquat selon l'appareil : ordinateur, tablette ou téléphone "
"mobile."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263
msgid ""
"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your "
"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have "
@ -709,11 +696,11 @@ msgstr ""
"certains modules ou pages spécifiques ne sont pas adaptés car ils utilisent "
"leur propre framework CSS)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
msgid "Browser caching"
msgstr "Mise en cache navigateur"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272
msgid ""
"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically "
"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through "
@ -731,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr ""
"La partie de l'URL ``457-0da1d9d`` changera si vous modifiez le CSS de votre"
" site web."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
msgid ""
"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: "
"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource."
@ -740,11 +727,11 @@ msgstr ""
"ressources : XXX secondes, en étant mis à jour instantanément si vous "
"changez la ressource."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287
msgid "Scalability"
msgstr "Flexibilité"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289
msgid ""
"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' "
"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link "
@ -756,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fournit une analyse des CMS et eCommerce open source majeurs comparé à Odoo "
"lorsqu'il s'agit de hauts volumes de requêtes."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
msgid ""
"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
@ -764,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr ""
"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
msgid ""
"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo"
" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)"
@ -772,35 +759,35 @@ msgstr ""
"Voici la diapositive qui résume la flexibilité de Odoo eCommerce et Odoo "
"CMS. (comparé à la version 8 de Odoo, Odoo 9 est encore plus rapide)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
msgid "URLs handling"
msgstr "Prise en charge des URLs"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306
msgid "URLs Structure"
msgstr "Structure des URLs"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308
msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:"
msgstr "Une URL Odoo typique ressemblera à ça :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312
msgid "With the following components:"
msgstr "Avec les composants suivants :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314
msgid "**https://** = Protocol"
msgstr "**https://** = Protocole"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316
msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name"
msgstr "**www.monsite.com** = votre nom de domaine"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318
msgid ""
"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if "
"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, "
@ -813,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Ainsi, la version anglaise de la page est : "
"https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324
msgid ""
"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the"
" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This"
@ -824,7 +811,7 @@ msgstr ""
"produit). Ce nom ne peut pas être modifié pour éviter les conflits entre "
"différentes URLs."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329
msgid ""
"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the "
"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A "
@ -839,11 +826,11 @@ msgstr ""
"un blog, titre d'une page, post dans un forum, commentaire dans un forum, "
"catégorie de produit, etc.)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product"
msgstr "**-31** = l'ID unique du produit"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338
msgid ""
"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an "
"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:"
@ -852,15 +839,15 @@ msgstr ""
"Par exemple, les URLs suivantes utilisent toutes une redirection 301 vers "
"l'URL du dessus :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341
msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version courte)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version encore plus courte)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
msgid ""
"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product "
"name)"
@ -868,7 +855,7 @@ msgstr ""
"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (ancien nom du "
"produit)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
msgid ""
"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle "
"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time."
@ -877,7 +864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et de prendre en charge efficacement les redirections 301 lorsque le nom de "
"produit change avec le temps."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
msgid ""
"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a "
"post):"
@ -885,23 +872,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Certaines URLs ont plusieurs parties dynamiques, comme celle-ci (une "
"catégorie de blog et un post) :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357
msgid "In the above example:"
msgstr "Dans l'exemple ci-dessus :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog"
msgstr "Company News : est le titre du blog"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361
msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post"
msgstr "The Odoo Story : est le titre d'un post spécifique sur le blog"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363
msgid ""
"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL "
"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by "
@ -911,11 +898,11 @@ msgstr ""
"directement dans l'URL (sans argument GET). Cela permet à chaque page d'être"
" indexée par tous les moteurs de recherche. Exemple :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367
msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
msgid ""
"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although"
" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not "
@ -926,11 +913,11 @@ msgstr ""
"séparateur de mot, cela n'a pas toujours été le cas. Nous prévoyons "
"d'améliorer cela pour Odoo 10."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375
msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles"
msgstr "Changements des URLs & titres"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
msgid ""
"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your "
"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:"
@ -939,11 +926,11 @@ msgstr ""
" du nom de votre produit), vous n'avez pas à vous soucier de mettre à jour "
"tous les liens :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380
msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL"
msgstr "Odoo met automatiquement à jour tous ses liens vers la nouvelle URL"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
msgid ""
"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be "
"done to route visitors to the new website"
@ -951,23 +938,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Si des sites web externes dirigent toujours vers l'ancienne URL, une "
"redirection 301 aura lieu pour envoyer les visiteurs sur le nouveau site."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385
msgid "As an example, this URL:"
msgstr "Par exemple, cette URL :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
msgid "Will automatically redirect to :"
msgstr "Redirigera automatiquement vers :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391
msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393
msgid ""
"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and"
" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old "
@ -979,11 +966,11 @@ msgstr ""
"site. L'ancien lien fonctionnera toujours pour les sites externes. (avec une"
" redirection 301 pour ne pas perdre en SEO)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399
msgid "HTTPS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401
msgid ""
"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL"
" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on "
@ -995,11 +982,11 @@ msgstr ""
"entièrement fondées sur le HTTPS. Si le visiteur accède à votre site via une"
" URL non HTPPS, une redirection 301 est effectuée vers son équivalent HTTPS."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407
msgid "Links: nofollow strategy"
msgstr "Liens : stratégie nofollow"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409
msgid ""
"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how "
"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is "
@ -1010,11 +997,11 @@ msgstr ""
"votre page est présente sur des sites externes et de qualité, mieux cela est"
" pour votre SEO."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:"
msgstr "Odoo emploie les stratégies suivantes pour gérer les liens :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
msgid ""
"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", "
"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked "
@ -1024,7 +1011,7 @@ msgstr ""
" en \"dofollow\", ce qui signifie que ce lien contribuera au référencement "
"de cette page."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420
msgid ""
"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that "
"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too."
@ -1032,7 +1019,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Chaque lien créé par un contributeur (post sur un forum, commentaire sur un "
"blog) qui renvoie à votre propre site est également en \"dofollow\"."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
msgid ""
"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is "
"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links "
@ -1043,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr ""
"personnes postent des liens sur votre site vers des sites tiers de mauvaise "
"réputation."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428
msgid ""
"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be "
"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` "
@ -1053,15 +1040,15 @@ msgstr ""
" de confiance. Dans ce cas, leurs liens n'auront pas d'attribut "
"``rel=\"nofollow\"``."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433
msgid "Multi-language support"
msgstr "Support multilingue"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436
msgid "Multi-language URLs"
msgstr "URLs multilingues"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438
msgid ""
"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be "
"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:"
@ -1069,7 +1056,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Si vous gérez un site web en plusieurs langues, le même contenu sera "
"disponible sur différentes URLs, en fonction de la langue utilisée :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441
msgid ""
"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = "
"default)"
@ -1077,7 +1064,7 @@ msgstr ""
"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (version anglaise = par "
"défaut)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
msgid ""
"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French "
"version)"
@ -1085,7 +1072,7 @@ msgstr ""
"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (version "
"française)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
msgid ""
"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have "
"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , "
@ -1095,11 +1082,11 @@ msgstr ""
"plusieurs variations de la même langue: pt\\_BR (portugais du Brésil), "
"pt\\_PT (portugais du Portugal)."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
msgid "Language annotation"
msgstr "Annotation des langues"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
msgid ""
"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first "
"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> "
@ -1111,7 +1098,7 @@ msgstr ""
"section HTML <head> de la version anglaise, Odoo ajoute automatiquement un "
"élément link renvoyant à d'autres version de cette page :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
msgid ""
"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
@ -1119,11 +1106,11 @@ msgstr ""
"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460
msgid "With this approach:"
msgstr "Grâce à cette approche :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462
msgid ""
"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose"
" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google"
@ -1131,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Google connaît les différentes versions traduites de votre page et proposera"
" la bonne en fonction de la langue du visiteur."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466
msgid ""
"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since"
" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same "
@ -1141,11 +1128,11 @@ msgstr ""
" puisqu'il ne s'agit pas de contenu en doublon, mais d'une version "
"différente du même contenu."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471
msgid "Language detection"
msgstr "Détection de la langue"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
msgid ""
"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. "
"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated "
@ -1157,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version traduite en fonction des paramètres de langue de son navigateur : "
"(p. ex. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
msgid ""
"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time "
"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current "
@ -1167,7 +1154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"leur première visite sur le site. Par la suite, un cookie de la langue "
"actuelle est gardé afin d'éviter toute redirection."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482
msgid ""
"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of"
" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. "
@ -1180,15 +1167,15 @@ msgstr ""
"version anglaise de votre page, sans prendre en compte les paramètres de "
"langue du navigateur."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
msgid "Meta Tags"
msgstr "Balises meta"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492
msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description"
msgstr "Titres, mot-clés et description"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494
msgid ""
"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and "
"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search "
@ -1202,7 +1189,7 @@ msgstr ""
"requête de recherche spécifique. Il est donc important d'avoir des titres et"
" des mot-clés en rapport avec ce que les personnes cherchent sur Google."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500
msgid ""
"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your "
"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website "
@ -1215,7 +1202,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vous fournir des informations relatives à vos mot-clés et fera le lien avec "
"les titres et le contenu de votre page."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509
msgid ""
"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for "
"every language of a single page;"
@ -1223,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Si votre site est disponible en plusieurs langues, vous pouvez utiliser "
"l'outil Promouvoir pour chaque langue d'une page."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512
msgid ""
"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your"
" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo "
@ -1235,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tous vos posts, Odoo fournit une page qui vous permet de passer rapidement "
"en revue toutes les balises meta de tous les posts de votre blog."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521
msgid ""
"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged "
"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword "
@ -1245,11 +1232,11 @@ msgstr ""
"pas connectés en tant qu'administrateur du site. Ils ne verront pas les "
"alertes et les informations liées aux mot-clés."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526
msgid "Sitemap"
msgstr "Sitemap"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
msgid ""
"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For "
"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours."
@ -1258,7 +1245,7 @@ msgstr ""
"des raisons de performance, ce fichier est mis en cache et à jour toutes les"
" 12 heures."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531
msgid ""
"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you "
"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, "
@ -1272,17 +1259,17 @@ msgstr ""
"`protocole sitemaps.org <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ groupant "
"toutes les URLs en 45000 chunks par fichier."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537
msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:"
msgstr ""
"Chaque entrée sitemap possède 4 attributs qui sont calculés automatiquement "
":"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539
msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page"
msgstr "``<loc>`` : l'URL d'une page"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541
msgid ""
"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed "
"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this"
@ -1293,7 +1280,7 @@ msgstr ""
"produit, il peut s'agir de la date de la dernière modification du produit ou"
" de la page."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
msgid ""
"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on"
" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number"
@ -1306,11 +1293,11 @@ msgstr ""
"priorité d'une page statique est définie par son champ priorité, qui est "
"normalisé. (16 par défaut)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
msgid "Structured Data Markup"
msgstr "Balisage des données structurées"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555
msgid ""
"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine "
"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search "
@ -1323,7 +1310,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'indexation; cela les aide à comprendre votre contenu et à créer des "
"résultats de recherche bien présentés."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
msgid ""
"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: "
"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations."
@ -1332,7 +1319,7 @@ msgstr ""
"comprenant : Critique, Personnes, Produits, Commerces, Evénements et "
"Organisations."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563
msgid ""
"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org "
"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum "
@ -1345,11 +1332,11 @@ msgstr ""
"pages d'être affichées sur Google avec des informations supplémentaires "
"telles que le prix et la note d'un produit."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573
msgid "robots.txt"
msgstr "robots.txt"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its "
"content is:"
@ -1357,19 +1344,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo crée automatiquement un fichier ``/robots.txt``pour votre site web. Son"
" contenu est :"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578
msgid "User-agent: \\*"
msgstr "User-agent: \\*"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
msgstr "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583
msgid "Content is king"
msgstr "Le contenu est roi"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
msgid ""
"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules"
" to help you build your contents on your website:"
@ -1378,7 +1365,7 @@ msgstr ""
"plusieurs modules pour vous aider à construire le contenu de votre site web "
":"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588
msgid ""
"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their "
"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: "
@ -1390,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr ""
"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides"
"/public-channel-1>`__"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
msgid ""
"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: "
"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of"
@ -1400,7 +1387,7 @@ msgstr ""
" : `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (compte pour 30% "
"des pages d'atterrissage Odoo.com)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596
msgid ""
"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your "
"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
@ -1410,11 +1397,11 @@ msgstr ""
" sur votre site web. Exemple : `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages créées par mois)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601
msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents."
msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: écrivez du contenu de qualité."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604
msgid ""
"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in "
"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top "
@ -1424,15 +1411,15 @@ msgstr ""
"toute autre page dans Odoo. Ainsi, vous pouvez créer une superbe page 404 "
"pour rediriger vers le meilleur contenu de votre site web."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609
msgid "Social Features"
msgstr "Fonctionnalités sociales"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612
msgid "Twitter Cards"
msgstr "Cartes Twitter"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614
msgid ""
"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next "
"version."
@ -1440,11 +1427,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo ne prend pas encore en charge les cartes Twitter. Cela sera implémenté "
"dans la prochaine version."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618
msgid "Social Network"
msgstr "Réseaux sociaux"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620
msgid ""
"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All "
"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the"
@ -1454,11 +1441,11 @@ msgstr ""
" Tout ce que vous avez à faire et de les reporter dans le menu "
"**Paramètres** de l'application **Website Admin**."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
msgid "Test Your Website"
msgstr "Testez votre site web"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
msgid ""
"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using "
"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__"
@ -1562,83 +1549,83 @@ msgid ""
"This is Odoo's job!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46
msgid ""
"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> "
"yourcompany.odoo.com):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48
msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53
msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58
msgid ""
"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63
msgid ""
"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. "
"www.yourcompany.com)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70
msgid ""
"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72
msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74
msgid ""
"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*."
" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to "
"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80
msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81
msgid ""
"`Namecheap "
"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-"
"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82
msgid ""
"`OVH "
"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85
msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87
msgid ""
"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as "
"CloudFlare.com."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90
#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93
msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`"
msgstr ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017\n"
"Last-Translator: Martien van Geene <martien.vangeene@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -39,17 +39,19 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
msgid "Several actions are available:"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Meerdere acties zijn mogelijk:"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr "Bijwerken"
msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid ""
"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge "
"features"
msgstr ""
"Upgrade uw database naar de meest recente versie van Odoo om gebruik te "
"kunnen maken van de nieuwste functies."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32
msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
@ -62,16 +64,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
msgid "Rename"
msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Wijzig de naam van uw database (en de URL)"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
msgid "**Backup**"
msgstr ""
msgstr "**Backup**"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
msgid ""
@ -93,30 +95,86 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
msgid "Delete a database instantly"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Verwijder een database"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:47
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid "Contact Support"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Neem contact op met support"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
msgid ""
"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct "
"database already selected"
msgstr "Selecteer de juiste database en ga naar <https://www.odoo.com/help>"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr "Bijwerken"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:52
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
msgid ""
"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid ""
"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
"database to the new version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
msgid ""
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
"migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr "Een database dupliceren"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
"database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:59
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
@ -126,37 +184,37 @@ msgstr ""
" u database te dupliceren klikt u op **Dupliceren**. U moet een naam ingeven"
" om te dupliceren, klik vervolgens op **Database dupliceren**."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
msgid ""
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:69
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr "E-mails worden verzonden"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:71
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
msgid ""
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr "Afleverorders (leveranciers) zijn verzonden"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "Etc."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:78
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
msgid ""
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
"behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
@ -164,51 +222,78 @@ msgstr ""
"Na een paar seconden wordt u ingelogd in uw gedupliceerde database. Merk op "
"dat de URL de naam van uw gedupliceerde database gebruikt."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:85
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr "Gedupliceerde databases verlopen automatisch na 15 dagen."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:93
msgid "Deleting a Database"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr "Wijzig de naam van een database"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid ""
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:95
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr "Verwijder een database"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
msgid ""
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily "
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
"Als u een database verwijderd ben u direct alle data definitief kwijt. Het "
"is verstandig om een instant backup te maken van de database die u gaat "
"verwijderen en niet te vertrouwen op de laatste automatische dagelijkse "
"gemaakte backup. De data in de automatisch backup kan al weer verouderd "
"zijn. "
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid ""
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
msgid ""
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
"Lees de waarschuwingen die zullen verschijnen aandachtig door en ga pas "
"verder als u de begrijpt wat de gevolgen zijn van het verwijderen van een "
"database:"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
msgid ""
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid ""
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
msgid ""
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
@ -256,8 +341,8 @@ msgstr "Heeft u een geldig Enterprise abonnement?"
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid ""
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account "
"Manager"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
" Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
@ -273,12 +358,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"database\""
msgstr ""
"U kan de oude database ontkoppelen via uw `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ met de knop \"Database "
"ontkoppelen\""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
msgid ""
@ -303,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
"specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid ""
"You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating "
"your own email solution with Odoo."
"your own email solution with Odoo. .. note::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:19
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
msgid ""
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
@ -61,25 +61,25 @@ msgid ""
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
msgid ""
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:38
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
msgid ""
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ msgid ""
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:42
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
@ -99,31 +99,31 @@ msgid ""
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Vind `hier <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ de exacte procedure om een "
"TXT record aan te maken of te wijzigen bij uw eigen domein provider."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
@ -139,18 +139,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Uw nieuwe SPF record kan tot 48 uur nodig hebben om actief te zijn, maar "
"normaal gezien gebeurd dit al veel sneller."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
@ -160,22 +160,22 @@ msgid ""
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
@ -183,58 +183,58 @@ msgid ""
"recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catcall@, "
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgid ""
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
@ -254,21 +254,21 @@ msgid ""
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -428,35 +428,109 @@ msgstr "Ondersteuning"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no "
"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in "
"San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and "
"everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to "
"configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
msgid ""
"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data "
"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project "
"manager, as part of the Success Pack."
msgstr ""
"Opmerking: Het Odoo ondersteuningsteam kan geen nieuwe opties bijbouwen, "
"maatwerk doen, data importeren of uw gebruikers opleiden. Deze diensten zijn"
" aangeboden door onze toegewezen projectleider, als onderdeel van het sucees"
" pakket."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr "Upgrades"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
msgid ""
"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
@ -467,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"database is uw oordeel, maar staat u toe om te profiteren van nieuwe "
"mogelijkheden."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275
msgid ""
"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
@ -475,11 +549,11 @@ msgid ""
"request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
msgid "Success Pack Services"
msgstr "Succes pak diensten"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282
msgid ""
"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
@ -491,34 +565,34 @@ msgid ""
" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
msgid ""
"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294
msgid ""
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
"your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
msgid "His/her role includes:"
msgstr "Zijn/haar rol omvat:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
msgid ""
"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306
msgid ""
"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
@ -526,39 +600,39 @@ msgid ""
"consultant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311
msgid ""
"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
"structures, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315
msgid ""
"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
"prepared by the project manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318
msgid ""
"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
"services:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
msgid ""
"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324
msgid ""
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
" for advanced customizations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
msgid ""
"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
@ -566,7 +640,7 @@ msgid ""
"of your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
msgid ""
"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
@ -574,20 +648,20 @@ msgid ""
"developers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
msgid ""
"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
msgid ""
"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
" be deducted from your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
msgid ""
"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
" developers intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
@ -598,24 +672,24 @@ msgid ""
" subscription fee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353
msgid ""
"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
msgstr "Implementatie methodologie"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
msgid ""
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
msgid ""
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
"progressively, by groups of apps."
@ -623,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Na de kick-off meeting definiëren we een plan om Odoo progressief uit te "
"rollen, per groep of app."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
msgid ""
"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
@ -631,25 +705,25 @@ msgid ""
"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
msgstr "Voor elke fase zijn de stappen de volgende:"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
msgid ""
"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
msgid ""
"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
"project manager will import them in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
msgid ""
"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
@ -657,13 +731,13 @@ msgid ""
"process your feedback."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**Productie**: Eenmaal iedereen getraind is starten uw gebruikers met het "
"gebruiken van Odoo."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
msgid ""
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
@ -673,18 +747,18 @@ msgstr ""
"proces, **automatiseren** we sommige taken en doen we de overgebleven "
"aanpassingen (**extra schermen en rapporten**)."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398
msgid ""
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404
msgid "Managing your databases"
msgstr "Uw databases beheren"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
msgid ""
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
@ -692,7 +766,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Om toegang te krijgen tot uw database gaat u naar Odoo.com, meld u aan en "
"klikt u op **Mijn databases** in de dropdown in de rechterbovenhoek."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
@ -702,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr ""
" voor u upgrade naar een nieuwe versie. Vervuil uw werkomgeving niet met "
"test data!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
msgid ""
"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
@ -710,7 +784,7 @@ msgid ""
"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427
msgid ""
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
"<db_management/documentation>`."
@ -718,11 +792,11 @@ msgstr ""
"U kan :ref:`here <db_management/documentation>` meer informatie vinden over "
"hoe uw database te beheren."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431
msgid "Customer Success"
msgstr "Klanten succes"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433
msgid ""
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
@ -730,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo is gepassioneerd in het blij maken van onze klanten en ons er van "
"verzekeren dat ze alle bronnen nodig hebben om hun project te voltooien."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436
msgid ""
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
"manager and eventually the support team."
@ -738,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Tijdens de implementatie fase is uw contactpersoon de projectleider en "
"eventueel het ondersteuningsteam."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439
msgid ""
"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
@ -752,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr ""
"klanten. Hij contacteert u om nieuwe versies te tonen, de manier waarop u "
"werkt te verbeteren, uw nieuwe noden te beoordelen, enz."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446
msgid ""
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
@ -760,10 +834,10 @@ msgstr ""
"Ons interne doel is om een klant minstens 10 jaar te behouden en om hen een "
"aanbieding aan te bieden die meegroeit met hun noden!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
msgstr "Welkom aan boord en geniet van uw Odoo ervaring!"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452
msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Thomas Pot <thomas@open2bizz.nl>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: nl\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr "Mijn Odoo portaal"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
"Subscriptions."
msgstr ""
"In dit gedeelte van het portaal vindt u alle communicatie tussen u en Odoo; "
"documenten zoals offertes, verkooporders, facturen en uw abonnementen."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
"Om toegang te krijgen tot deze sectie moet u inloggen met uw gebruikersnaam "
"(e mailadres) en wachtwoord binnen `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>` __."
" Als u al bent ingelogd, klikt u op uw naam in de rechterbovenhoek en "
"selecteert u \"Mijn account\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr "Offertes"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
"Hier vindt u alle offertes die Odoo u heeft toegestuurd. U kunt bijvoorbeeld"
" een offerte laten opstellen voor u nadat u een toepassing of een gebruiker "
"aan uw database hebt toegevoegd; of wanneer uw contract moet worden "
"verlengd."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
"information."
msgstr ""
"De kolom 'Geldig tot *' wordt weergegeven tot wanneer de offerte geldig is; "
"na die datum zal de offerte \"Vervallen\" zijn. Door op de offerte te "
"klikken, ziet u alle details van de aanbieding, de prijzen en andere nuttige"
" informatie."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
msgstr ""
"Als u de offerte wilt accepteren, klikt u op \"Accepteren en betalen\" en de"
" offerte wordt bevestigd. Als u het niet wilt accepteren of als u enkele "
"wijzigingen wilt vragen, klikt u op \"Vraag wijzigingen en afwijzen\"."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr "Verkooporders"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
"will be registered under this section."
msgstr ""
"Al uw aankopen binnen Odoo zoals verlingen, thema's, toepassingen, enz. "
"worden onder dit gedeelte geregistreerd."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
"Door op de verkooporder te klikken, kunt u de details van de gekochte "
"producten/diensten bekijken en de betaling doen en/of bekijken."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr "Facturen"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
"you if the invoice has been paid."
msgstr ""
"Alle facturen van uw abonnement (en) of gegenereerd door een verkooporder "
"worden in deze sectie getoond. Het label boven het verschuldigde bedrag "
"geeft aan of de factuur is betaald."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
"Klik gewoon op de factuur als u meer informatie wilt zien, de factuur wilt "
"betalen of een PDF-versie van het document wilt downloaden."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr "Tickets"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
msgstr ""
"Wanneer u een ticket indient via `Odoo-ondersteuning "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>` __ wordt er een ticket aangemaakt. Hier vindt u"
" alle tickets die u hebt geopend, het gesprek tussen u en onze support "
"medewerkers, de status van het ticket en de ID (# Ref)."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Abonnementen"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
msgid ""
"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
"Je hebt vanuit dit gedeelte toegang tot je abonnement bij Odoo. De eerste "
"pagina toont u de abonnementen die u hebt en hun status."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
msgid ""
"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
"information and the payment method."
msgstr ""
"Door op het abonnement te klikken krijgt u toegang tot alle details met "
"betrekking tot uw abonnement: dit omvat het aantal gekochte applicaties, de "
"factuurinformatie en de betaalmethode."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
msgid ""
"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
"Om de betaalmethode te wijzigen, klikt u op \"Betalingswijze wijzigen\" en "
"voert u de nieuwe creditcardgegevens in."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
"Als u opgeslagen creditcards wilt verwijderen, kunt u dit doen door te "
"klikken op \"Beheer uw betaalmethoden\" onderaan de pagina. Klik vervolgens "
"op \"Verwijderen\" om de betaalmethode te verwijderen."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
"Op de datum van de volgende factuur, als er geen betalingsinformatie is "
"opgegeven of als uw creditcard is verlopen, verandert de status van uw "
"abonnement in \"To Renew\". U heeft dan 7 dagen om een geldige "
"betalingsmethode op te geven. Na deze periode wordt het abonnement gesloten "
"en hebt u geen toegang meer tot de database."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr "Success Packs"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
"Met een \"Success Pack\" / \"Partner Success Pack\" krijgt u een consultant "
"toegewezen om unieke gepersonaliseerde assistentie te bieden waarmee u uw "
"omgeving kunt aanpassen en uw workflows kunt optimaliseren als onderdeel van"
" uw eerste implementatie. Deze uren verlopen nooit, waardoor u ze kunt "
"gebruiken wanneer u ondersteuning nodig heeft."
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""
"Als u informatie nodig hebt over het beheren van uw database, raadpleegt u "
":ref:`db_online`"

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -26,176 +26,6 @@ msgstr "Project"
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Geavanceerd"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
msgstr "Hoe projecten te gebruiken om vorderingen/issues af te handelen?"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5
msgid ""
"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring"
" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved "
"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of"
" the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
msgstr ""
"Een bedrijf dat ondersteuningsdiensten verkoopt moet dikwijls omgaan met "
"problemen tijdens de implementatie van een project. Deze problemen moeten zo"
" snel mogelijk opgelost en opgevolgd worden om de leverbaarheid van het "
"project te verzekeren en een positieve klanttevredenheid te hebben."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
msgid ""
"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, "
"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical "
"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects "
"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email."
" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be"
" closed more quickly."
msgstr ""
"Bijvoorbeeld, als een IT bedrijf de implementatie van uw software aanbied, "
"moet u mogelijk omgaan met klanten e-mails die technische problemen "
"ondervinden. Odoo biedt de opportuniteit om toegewijde support projecten aan"
" te maken met automatisch gegenereerde taken wanneer een e-mail ontvangen "
"wordt van een support e-mailadres. Op deze manier kan het probleem direct "
"toegewezen worden aan een werknemer en sneller afgesloten worden."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Instelling"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
msgid ""
"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for "
"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the "
"**Issue Tracking** modules."
msgstr ""
"De volgende configuratie is nodig om projecten te kunnen gebruiken voor "
"ondersteuning en issues. U moet de modules **Projectbeheer** en **Issue "
"opvolging** installeren."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
msgid "Create a project"
msgstr "Maak een project aan"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
msgid ""
"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to "
"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a "
"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on "
"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename"
" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or "
"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the"
" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client "
"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
msgstr ""
"De eerste stap om een vordering/issue beheer systeem op te zetten is om een "
"project gerelateerd aan te maken gekoppeld aan de vorderingen. Laten we "
"starten door een simpel **Support project** aan te maken. Ga naar het "
"dashboard van de project applicatie, klik op aanmaken en noem uw project "
"**Support**. Vink de **Issues** optie aan en hernoem het veld indien u de "
"issues labels wilt hernoemen (bijvoorbeeld **Bugs** of **Cases**). Omdat "
"issues klant georiënteerde taken zijn wilt u mogelijk de "
"Privacy/Zichtbaarheid instellen op **Klant project** (daardoor kan de klant "
"zijn vorderingen in het portaal opvolgen)."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
msgid ""
"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to "
"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty."
msgstr ""
"U kan het project linken aan een klant indien het project aangemaakt is om "
"een specifieke klant zijn problemen af te handelen, anders kan u dit veld "
"leeg laten."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
msgid "Invite followers"
msgstr "Volgers uitnodigen"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
msgid ""
"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be "
"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two "
"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click"
" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add "
"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
msgstr ""
"U kan kiezen uw werknemers te melden wanneer er een nieuw issue is. In de "
"**Chatter** (onderkant van het scherm), zal u twee knoppen aan de "
"rechterkant zien: **Volgen** (groen) en **Geen volger** (wit). Klik op het "
"eerste om persoonlijke notificaties te ontvangen en op het tweede om andere "
"werknemers als volgers van een project toe te voegen (zie onderstaande "
"screenshot)."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
msgid "Set up your workflow"
msgstr "Zet uw werk flow op"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65
msgid ""
"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by "
"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add "
"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to "
"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and "
"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also "
"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on "
"your desired stage."
msgstr ""
"U kan gemakkelijk uw projectfases wijzigen om te voldoen aan uw werfklow "
"door nieuwe kolommen aan te maken. U kan fases toevoegen door te klikken op "
"**Nieuwe kolom toevoegen** vanuit uw Kanban weergave (zie onderstaande "
"afbeelding). Indien u de ordening van uw volgorde van de fases wilt "
"veranderen kan dit simpelweg door de kolommen die u wilt verplaatsen te "
"slepen naar de gewenste locatie. U kan uw fases ook altijd wijzigen, "
"invouwen op openklappen door het **Instellingen** icoon van uw gewenste fase"
" te gebruiken."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
msgid "Generate issues from emails"
msgstr "Genereer issues van e-mails"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79
msgid ""
"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing "
"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is "
"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias."
msgstr ""
"Wanneer uw project correct is opgezet en bewaard is zal u het op uw "
"dashboard zien verschijnen. Merk op dat er automatisch een e-mailadres voor "
"het project gegenereerd is, met de naam van het project als alias."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87
msgid ""
"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu "
":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias "
"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you "
"will now see the email address under the name of your project."
msgstr ""
"Indien u het e-mailadres niet kan zien op uw project gaat u naar het menu "
":menuselection:`Instellingen --> Algemene instellingen` en configureert u "
"een alias domein. Klik op **Toepassen** en ga terug naar uw **Projecten** "
"dashboard waar u nu het e-mailadres onder de naam van uw project zal zien."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
msgid ""
"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a "
"new issue will be created."
msgstr ""
"Elke keer wanneer één van uw klanten een e-mail stuurt naar dat e-mailadres "
"zal een nieuwe issue worden aangemaakt."
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
msgstr "Hoe feedback verzamelen van klanten?"
@ -412,6 +242,12 @@ msgstr ""
"consultant zijn urenstaten kan boeken en, indien nodig, de cliënt kan her-"
"factureren als er overwerk is op het project. "
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Instelling"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
msgid "Install the required applications"
msgstr "Installeer de vereiste applicaties"
@ -556,6 +392,11 @@ msgstr ""
"In Odoo is het centrale document het verkooporder, wat betekend dat het "
"brondocument van de taak de gerelateerde verkooporder is."
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
@ -1319,65 +1160,42 @@ msgstr ""
"**Opslaan**."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?"
msgstr "Hoe een project zijn taken visualiseren?"
msgid "Visualize a project's tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks"
msgstr "Hoe een project zijn taken te visualiseren"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7
msgid ""
"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as "
"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due "
"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex "
"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real "
"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the "
"different tasks you have to cope with."
"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important "
"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having "
"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo "
"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you "
"have to cope with."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12
msgid "Create a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14
msgid ""
"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one."
msgstr ""
"Taken zijn toegewezen delen die leden van uw organisatie moeten voltooien "
"als deel van een project. In uw dagelijkse zaken heeft uw bedrijf mogelijk "
"moeite met het aantal belangrijke taken dat te voltooien is. Deze taken zijn"
" zo al complex genoeg. Om deze allemaal te onthouden en opvolgen kan een "
"last zijn. Gelukkig staat Odoo u toe om efficiënt de verschillende taken "
"waarmee u moet omgaan te visualiseren en organiseren."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
msgid ""
"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module"
" application."
msgid "In the project, create a new task."
msgstr ""
"De enige vereiste configuratie is het installeren van de project module in "
"de module applicatie."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24
msgid "Creating Tasks"
msgstr "Taken aanmaken"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22
msgid ""
"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply "
"open the project and click on create a task."
"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a "
"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task."
msgstr ""
"Eenmaal u een project heeft aangemaakt kan u er gemakkelijk taken voor "
"genereren. Open simpelweg het project en klik op taak aanmaken."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32
msgid ""
"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will "
"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a "
"deadline if there is one."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29
msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view"
msgstr ""
"U geeft eerst een naam aan de taak, het gerelateerde project wordt "
"automatisch ingevuld, wijs het project toe aan iemand en selecteer een "
"deadline indien er een is."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
msgstr "Krijg een overzicht van de activiteiten met de Kanban weergave"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31
msgid ""
"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks "
"to the Kanban view."
@ -1385,7 +1203,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Eenmaal u meerdere taken heeft aangemaakt kunnen ze beheerd en opgevolgd "
"worden dankzij de Kanban weergave."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34
msgid ""
"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which "
@ -1395,7 +1213,7 @@ msgstr ""
"verschillende fases. Het staat u toe om een duidelijke weergave van de fases"
" van uw taken te hebben en welke een hogere prioriteit hebben."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
msgid ""
"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are"
@ -1406,67 +1224,54 @@ msgstr ""
" als u in een andere weergave bent, kan u teruggaat door te klikken op het "
"Kanban weergave logo in de rechterbovenhoek"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57
msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?"
msgstr "Hoe uw collega's op de hoogte brengen van een status van een taak?"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from "
"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task"
" and indicate if the task is ready."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53
msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55
msgid ""
"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star "
"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them "
"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked"
" to their creation date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
msgstr "Sorteer taken op prioriteit"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65
msgid ""
"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the "
"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom "
"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not "
"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67
msgid ""
"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard "
"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks."
msgstr ""
"Op elke kolom heeft u de mogelijkheid om uw taken te sorteren op prioriteit."
" Taken met een hogere prioriteit worden automatisch naar de bovenkant van de"
" kolom geduwd. Klik op de ster in de linkerbovenhoek van de Kanban weergave "
"van een taak om het een **Hoge prioriteit** toe te wijzen. Voor de taken die"
" niet getagd zijn zal Odoo ze automatisch classificeren afhankelijk van hun "
"deadline. "
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
msgid ""
"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list "
"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr ""
"Merk op dat datums die gepasseerd zijn in het rood verschijnen (ook in de "
"lijstweergave) zodat u gemakkelijk de voortgang kan opvolgen van "
"verschillende taken."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr "Hou een oog op de deadlines met de Kalender weergave"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74
msgid ""
"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a "
"single window."
"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, "
"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set "
"easily in a single window."
msgstr ""
"Indien u een deadline toevoegt in uw taak verschijnt ze in de kalender "
"weergave. Als een manager geeft deze weergave de mogelijkheid om u een oog "
"te geven op de deadlines in één scherm."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78
msgid ""
"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can "
"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see."
msgstr ""
"Alle taken zijn gelabeld met een kleur die overeenkomt met de werknemer die "
"is toegewezen aan de taak. U kan gemakkelijk de deadlines filteren op "
"werknemer door de gerelateerde vinkjes aan te vinken aan de rechterkant van "
"het kalender scherm."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
msgid ""
"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and "
@ -1713,6 +1518,10 @@ msgstr ""
"verantwoordelijke persoon en verwachte tijd in te vullen, indien u deze "
"heeft."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
msgstr "Krijg een overzicht van de activiteiten met de Kanban weergave"
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
msgid ""
"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It "
@ -1756,6 +1565,10 @@ msgstr ""
"project kunnen fases bijvoorbeeld zijn: Specificatie, Ontwikkeling, Test, "
"Gereed."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
msgstr "Sorteer taken op prioriteit"
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
msgid ""
"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by "
@ -1812,6 +1625,10 @@ msgstr ""
"opent u het project van uw keuze en klikt u op het lijstweergave icoon (zie "
"hieronder). De laatste kolom toont u de voortgang van elke taak."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr "Hou een oog op de deadlines met de Kalender weergave"
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
msgid ""
"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. "
@ -1822,6 +1639,17 @@ msgstr ""
"kalender weergave. Dit geeft u als manager de mogelijkheid om alle deadlines"
" in het oog te houden in één scherm."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
msgid ""
"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned"
" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the "
"related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
msgstr ""
"Alle taken zijn gelabeld met een kleur die overeenkomt met de werknemer die "
"is toegewezen aan de taak. U kan gemakkelijk de deadlines filteren op "
"werknemer door de gerelateerde vinkjes aan te vinken aan de rechterkant van "
"het kalender scherm."
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
msgstr ":doc:`forecast`"

View File

@ -3068,7 +3068,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76
msgid "Create a reordering rule"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Maak een aanvulopdracht regel"
#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78
msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens."

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen <pol.vandingenen@vanroey.be>, 2017\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@ -656,24 +656,11 @@ msgstr "HTML pagina's"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234
msgid ""
"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the "
":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra "
"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc."
"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web "
"server (NGINX or Apache)."
msgstr ""
"Odoo staat het minifien van HTML pagina's toe, vanuit de **Website Admin** "
"app door gebruik te maken van het :menuselection:`Configuratie` menu. Dit "
"verwijderd automatisch extra spaties en tabs in uw HTML code, reduceren "
"sommige labels hun code, enz."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
msgid ""
"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually "
"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
msgstr ""
"Daarbovenop kunnen de HTML pagina's gecomprimeerd worden, maar dit wordt "
"meestal afgehandeld door uw webserver (NGINX of Apache)."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237
msgid ""
"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short "
"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, "
@ -683,7 +670,7 @@ msgstr ""
"garanderen. Bouwstenen zijn ontwikkeld om propere HTML code te genereren, "
"normaal gezien door de bootstrap en de HTML editor te gebruiken."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
msgid ""
"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a "
"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the "
@ -693,11 +680,11 @@ msgstr ""
"paragraaf te wijzigen naar de primaire kleur van uw website, zal Odoo de "
"volgende code genereren:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245
msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``"
msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mijn tekst</p>``"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247
msgid ""
"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following "
"code:"
@ -705,15 +692,15 @@ msgstr ""
"Waar de meeste HTML editors (zoals een CKEditor) de volgende code "
"produceert:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250
msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``"
msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mijn tekst</p>``"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253
msgid "Responsive Design"
msgstr "Responsief design"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255
msgid ""
"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in"
" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render "
@ -724,7 +711,7 @@ msgstr ""
" 3 om zich efficiënt aan te passen aan het toestel: vaste pc, tablet of "
"mobiele telefoon."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263
msgid ""
"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your "
"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have "
@ -737,11 +724,11 @@ msgstr ""
"specifieke modules of pagina's zijn niet ontworpen om mobiel vriendelijk te "
"zijn omdat ze allemaal hun eigen CSS frameworks hebben)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
msgid "Browser caching"
msgstr "Browser caching"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272
msgid ""
"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically "
"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through "
@ -759,7 +746,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Het ``457-0da1d9d`` gedeelte van deze URL zal wijzigen als u de CSS van uw "
"website wijzigt."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
msgid ""
"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: "
"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource."
@ -768,11 +755,11 @@ msgstr ""
"deze bronnen: XXX seconden, terwijl deze direct wordt geüpdatet als u de "
"bron update."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287
msgid "Scalability"
msgstr "Schaalbaarheid"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289
msgid ""
"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' "
"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link "
@ -785,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr ""
"e-commerce platformen vergeleken met Odoo wanneer het aan komt op hoge query"
" volumes."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
msgid ""
"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
@ -793,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr ""
"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide"
"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
msgid ""
"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo"
" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)"
@ -801,35 +788,35 @@ msgstr ""
"Hier is de dia die de schaalbaarheid van de Odoo eCommerce en Odoo CMS "
"samenvat. (gebaseerd op Odoo versie 8, Odoo 9 is nog sneller)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
msgid "URLs handling"
msgstr "URL's afhandeling"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306
msgid "URLs Structure"
msgstr "URL's structuur"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308
msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:"
msgstr "Een typische Odoo URL ziet er als volgt uit:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312
msgid "With the following components:"
msgstr "Met de volgende componenten:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314
msgid "**https://** = Protocol"
msgstr "**https://** = Protocol"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316
msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name"
msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = uw domeinnaam"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318
msgid ""
"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if "
"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, "
@ -842,7 +829,7 @@ msgstr ""
"van deze pagina is: https://www.mijnwebsite.com/shop/product/my-great-"
"product-31"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324
msgid ""
"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the"
" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This"
@ -853,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr ""
"productpagina). Deze kan niet gepersonaliseerd worden om conflicten in "
"verschillende URL's te voorkomen."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329
msgid ""
"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the "
"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A "
@ -868,11 +855,11 @@ msgstr ""
"zijn (blogberichten, pagina titels, forumberichten, forum reacties, "
"productcategorieën, enz)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product"
msgstr "**-31** = het unieke ID van het product"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338
msgid ""
"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an "
"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:"
@ -881,15 +868,15 @@ msgstr ""
"naar een ID. Bijvoorbeeld, de volgende URL's doen allemaal een 301 "
"doorverwijzing naar de bovenstaande URL:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341
msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (korte versie)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (nog kortere versie)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
msgid ""
"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product "
"name)"
@ -897,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr ""
"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (oude "
"productnaam)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
msgid ""
"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle "
"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time."
@ -906,7 +893,7 @@ msgstr ""
" en efficiënt 301 doorverwijzingen af te handelen wanneer de productnaam "
"doorheen de tijd wijzigt."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
msgid ""
"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a "
"post):"
@ -914,23 +901,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Sommige URL's hebben verschillende dynamische onderdelen, zoals deze (een "
"blogcategorie en een post):"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357
msgid "In the above example:"
msgstr "In het bovenstaande voorbeeld:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog"
msgstr "Bedrijfsnieuws: is de titel van de blog"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361
msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post"
msgstr "Het Odoo verhaal: is de titel van een specifieke blogpost"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363
msgid ""
"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL "
"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by "
@ -940,11 +927,11 @@ msgstr ""
"URL worden gezet (heeft geen GET argument). Dit staat toe dat elke pagina "
"geïndexeerd wordt door zoekmachines. Bijvoorbeeld:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367
msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
msgid ""
"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although"
" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not "
@ -954,11 +941,11 @@ msgstr ""
"meeste zoekmachines tegenewoordig \"\\_\" beschouwen als een woord scheider "
"was dit niet altijd zo. We plannen om dit te verbeteren in Odoo 10."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375
msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles"
msgstr "Wijzigingen in URL's & titels"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
msgid ""
"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your "
"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:"
@ -967,11 +954,11 @@ msgstr ""
"versie van uw productnaam), hoeft u zich geen zorgen te maken over het "
"updaten van alle links:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380
msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL"
msgstr "Odoo update automatisch alle links naar de nieuwe URL's"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
msgid ""
"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be "
"done to route visitors to the new website"
@ -979,23 +966,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Indien externe websites nog naar de oude URL verwijzen zal een 301 omleiding"
" uitgevoerd worden om bezoekers naar de nieuwe website door te sturen"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385
msgid "As an example, this URL:"
msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, deze URL:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
msgid "Will automatically redirect to :"
msgstr "Verwijst automatisch door naar:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391
msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393
msgid ""
"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and"
" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old "
@ -1007,11 +994,11 @@ msgstr ""
"De oude link zal nog steeds werken voor links die komen van externe "
"websites. (met een 301 doorverwijzing om de SEO links niet kwijt te geraken)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399
msgid "HTTPS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401
msgid ""
"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL"
" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on "
@ -1023,11 +1010,11 @@ msgstr ""
"volledig gebaseerd op HTTPS. Als de bezoeker uw website bezoekt via een niet"
" HTTPS url krijgt hij een 301 doorverwijzing naar de HTTPS pagina."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407
msgid "Links: nofollow strategy"
msgstr "Links: nofollow strategie"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409
msgid ""
"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how "
"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is "
@ -1038,11 +1025,11 @@ msgstr ""
"pagina extern gelinkt is vanuit kwaliteitsvolle websites, hoe beter dit is "
"voor je SEO."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:"
msgstr "Odoo volgt de volgende strategieën om links te beheren:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
msgid ""
"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", "
"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked "
@ -1052,7 +1039,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"dofollow\", wat betekend dat de link mee helpt aan de SEO voor deze "
"gelinkte pagina."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420
msgid ""
"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that "
"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too."
@ -1060,7 +1047,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Elke link aangemaakt door een bijdrager (forum post, blog reactie, ...) die "
"doorlinkt naar uw website is ook \"dofollow\"."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
msgid ""
"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is "
"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links "
@ -1071,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr ""
"links plaatsen op uw website die linken naar externe websites die een "
"slechte reputatie hebben."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428
msgid ""
"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be "
"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` "
@ -1081,15 +1068,15 @@ msgstr ""
"hebben betrouwbaar zijn. In dit geval hebben hun links geen "
"``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribuut."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433
msgid "Multi-language support"
msgstr "Meertalige ondersteuning"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436
msgid "Multi-language URLs"
msgstr "Meertalige URL's"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438
msgid ""
"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be "
"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:"
@ -1097,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Indien u een website in meerdere talen heeft zal dezelfde inhoud beschikbaar"
" zijn in verschillende URL's, afhankelijk van de gebruikte taal:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441
msgid ""
"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = "
"default)"
@ -1105,7 +1092,7 @@ msgstr ""
"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Engelse versie = "
"standaard)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
msgid ""
"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French "
"version)"
@ -1113,7 +1100,7 @@ msgstr ""
"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Franse "
"versie)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
msgid ""
"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have "
"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , "
@ -1123,11 +1110,11 @@ msgstr ""
" variaties van dezelfde taal hebben: pt\\_BR (Portugees van Brazilië), "
"pt\\_PT (Portugees van Portugal). "
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
msgid "Language annotation"
msgstr "Taal annotatie"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
msgid ""
"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first "
"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> "
@ -1139,7 +1126,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<head> sectie van de Engelse versie zal Odoo automatisch een link toevoegen "
"die linkt naar de andere versies van die webpagina;"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
msgid ""
"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
@ -1147,11 +1134,11 @@ msgstr ""
"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" "
"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460
msgid "With this approach:"
msgstr "Met deze aanpak:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462
msgid ""
"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose"
" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google"
@ -1160,7 +1147,7 @@ msgstr ""
"correcte versie voor afhankelijk van de taal van de bezoeker die zoekt op "
"Google"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466
msgid ""
"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since"
" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same "
@ -1170,11 +1157,11 @@ msgstr ""
"het geen gedupliceerde inhoud is, maar een andere versie van dezelfde "
"inhoud."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471
msgid "Language detection"
msgstr "Taal detectie"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
msgid ""
"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. "
"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated "
@ -1186,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr ""
"versie zoals de taal van de browser staat ingesteld: (bijvoorbeeld "
"uwwebsite.com/nl\\_NL/shop)."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
msgid ""
"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time "
"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current "
@ -1196,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de hoofdpagina van uw website. Hierna houdt het een cookie bij van de "
"huidige taal om enige doorverwijzingen te voorkomen."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482
msgid ""
"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of"
" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. "
@ -1208,15 +1195,15 @@ msgstr ""
"uwwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Dit zal bezoekers altijd doen landen op de "
"Engelse versie van de pagina, zonder de browser voorkeuren te gebruiken."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
msgid "Meta Tags"
msgstr "Meta Tags"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492
msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description"
msgstr "Titels, sleutelwoorden en omschrijvingen"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494
msgid ""
"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and "
"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search "
@ -1230,7 +1217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"specifieke zoekopdracht. Het is dus belangrijk om titels en sleutelwoorden "
"te hebben die overeenkomen met wat mensen zoeken in Google."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500
msgid ""
"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your "
"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website "
@ -1243,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr ""
"informatie te geven over sleutelwoorden en zoekt naar overeenkomsten met "
"titels en inhoud op uw pagina."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509
msgid ""
"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for "
"every language of a single page;"
@ -1251,7 +1238,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Indien uw website in meerder talen is kan u de promotie tool gebruiken voor "
"elke taal van een pagina;"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512
msgid ""
"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your"
" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo "
@ -1263,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blog berichten biedt Odoo een pagina aan die u toestaat om snel te scannen "
"naar de meta tags van al uw blogberichten."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521
msgid ""
"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged "
"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword "
@ -1273,11 +1260,11 @@ msgstr ""
"aangemeld zijn als website administrators. Ze krijgen niet de waarschuwingen"
" en sleutelwoorden informatie."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526
msgid "Sitemap"
msgstr "Sitemap"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
msgid ""
"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For "
"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours."
@ -1285,7 +1272,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo genereert automatisch een ``/sitemap.xml`` bestand voor u. Voor "
"performantie redenen wordt dit bestand elke 12 uren gecached en geüpdatet."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531
msgid ""
"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you "
"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, "
@ -1299,15 +1286,15 @@ msgstr ""
"protocol respecteert om sitemap URL's te groeperen in 45000 stukken per "
"bestand."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537
msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:"
msgstr "Elke sitemap heeft 4 attributen die automatisch berekend worden:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539
msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page"
msgstr "``<loc>`` : de URL van een pagina"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541
msgid ""
"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed "
"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this"
@ -1318,7 +1305,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aan een product kan dit de laatste wijzigingsdatum zijn van het product of "
"de pagina"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
msgid ""
"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on"
" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number"
@ -1331,11 +1318,11 @@ msgstr ""
"post). De prioriteit van een statische pagina is bepaald door het prioriteit"
" veld, wat genormaliseerd is. (16 is de standaard)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
msgid "Structured Data Markup"
msgstr "Gestructureerde Gegevens Markup"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555
msgid ""
"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine "
"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search "
@ -1348,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"om hen uw inhoud te begrijpen en het maken van mooi gepresenteerde "
"zoekresultaten."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
msgid ""
"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: "
"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations."
@ -1356,7 +1343,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Google ondersteunt een aantal rijke snippets voor inhoudstypes, inclusief: "
"Beoordelingen, Mensen, Producten, Zaken, Evenementen en Organisaties."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563
msgid ""
"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org "
"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum "
@ -1369,11 +1356,11 @@ msgstr ""
"toe om getoond te worden in Google en om extra informatie te gebruiken zoals"
" de prijs en beoordeling van een product:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573
msgid "robots.txt"
msgstr "robots.txt"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575
msgid ""
"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its "
"content is:"
@ -1381,19 +1368,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo maakt automatisch een``/robots.txt`` bestand voor uw website. De inhoud"
" is:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578
msgid "User-agent: \\*"
msgstr "Gebruiker-agent: \\*"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
msgstr "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583
msgid "Content is king"
msgstr "Inhoud is koning"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
msgid ""
"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules"
" to help you build your contents on your website:"
@ -1401,7 +1388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Wanneer het op SEO aankomt is de inhoud meestal de koning. Odoo biedt "
"verschillende modules aan om uw inhoud te helpen opbouwen op uw website:"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588
msgid ""
"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their "
"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: "
@ -1413,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides"
"/public-channel-1>`__"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
msgid ""
"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: "
"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of"
@ -1423,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr ""
"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (telt mee voor 30% "
"van de Odoo.com landingspagina's)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596
msgid ""
"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your "
"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 "
@ -1434,11 +1421,11 @@ msgstr ""
"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pagina's aangemaakt per "
"maand)"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601
msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents."
msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: schrijf geweldige inhoud."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604
msgid ""
"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in "
"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top "
@ -1448,15 +1435,15 @@ msgstr ""
"welke andere pagina in Odoo. Hierdoor kan u een fantastische 404 pagina "
"bouwen die doorverwijst naar de hoofdpagina van uw website."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609
msgid "Social Features"
msgstr "Sociale functies"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612
msgid "Twitter Cards"
msgstr "Twitter kaarten"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614
msgid ""
"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next "
"version."
@ -1464,11 +1451,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo heeft nog geen Twitter kaarten geïmplementeerd. Dit wordt gedaan in de "
"volgende versie."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618
msgid "Social Network"
msgstr "Sociale netwerk"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620
msgid ""
"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All "
"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the"
@ -1478,11 +1465,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Het enige dat u moet doen is al uw accounts opgeven in het **Instellingen** "
"menu van de **Website Admin** applicatie."
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
msgid "Test Your Website"
msgstr "Test uw website"
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
msgid ""
"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using "
"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__"

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#: ../../accounting.rst:5
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281
msgid "Accounting"
msgstr ""
@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ msgid "Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr ""
@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611
msgid "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" field set to \"Tasa\"."
msgstr ""
@ -1861,422 +1861,455 @@ msgid "**Password :** 12345678a"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181
msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183
msgid "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the \"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190
msgid "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create a new tax you should choose a tag."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:194
msgid "Usage and testing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:197
msgid "Invoicing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199
msgid "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following the normal Odoo's behaviour."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202
msgid "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look like this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209
msgid "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your invoice by email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:203
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:216
msgid "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should looks like."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:223
msgid "Cancelling invoices"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225
msgid "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:214
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227
msgid "If the invoice is not paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:216
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:224
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237
msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:242
msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:247
msgid "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250
msgid "**Legal considerations**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252
msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253
msgid "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a good control of the cancellation reasons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:256
msgid "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:248
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:261
msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263
msgid "To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are important."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266
msgid "All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:256
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269
msgid "To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before today and then pay it today."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272
msgid "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:264
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277
msgid "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer Payment without a proper invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:282
msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285
msgid "Electronic Trial Balance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286
msgid "DIOT report."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:275
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288
msgid "1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a report only available on the context of the accounting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:291
msgid "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:297
msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300
msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:289
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302
msgid "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on the button **Export for SAT (XML)**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309
msgid "**How to add new accounts?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
msgid "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314
msgid "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on xml."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324
msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326
msgid "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:330
msgid "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it (this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need is not created you can create one on the fly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336
msgid "Electronic Trial Balance"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
msgid "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:334
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:347
msgid "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any regular Odoo Report."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351
msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353
msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355
msgid "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:358
msgid "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties (DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, with our providers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:350
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:363
msgid "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary to. submit the DIOT:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367
msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:356
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369
msgid "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can find in the SAT website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:373
msgid "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent to said data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378
msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
msgid "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384
msgid "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this after having made up to 500 records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:387
msgid "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:393
msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395
msgid "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and according to the SAT site is:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399
msgid "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:393
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:406
msgid "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with Third Parties."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411
msgid "You can find the `official information here`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions with third partied (DIOT)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:420
msgid "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before month you are or left the current month if it suits to you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426
msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:431
msgid "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow the necessary steps to declare it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:435
msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437
msgid "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your suppliers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:432
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445
msgid "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are properly configured already."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:435
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:448
msgid "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment following standard odoo procedure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:438
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451
msgid "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report itself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:441
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:454
msgid "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456
msgid "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all your partners are correctly set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:454
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467
msgid "Extra Recommended features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470
msgid "Contact Module (Free)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:459
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472
msgid "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:477
msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
msgid "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with **Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such information daily in the system manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:473
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486
msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:492
msgid "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI 3.3)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494
msgid "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with debug mode enabled)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:500
msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501
msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:489
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502
msgid "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> Companies`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
msgid "Open any company you have."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:491
msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Dowload XSD file to CFDI\"."
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527
msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:509
msgid "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a generic one with no explanation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:514
msgid "If you see an error like this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516
msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518
msgid "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:522
msgid "This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above but:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526
msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533
msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
msgid ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the allowed minimum length of '1'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:507
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537
msgid ":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': [facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540
msgid "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:538
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:561
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602
msgid "**Error message**:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:515
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545
msgid ":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is required but missing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547
msgid ":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is required but missing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550
msgid "**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the considerations about fiscal positions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557
msgid "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should set 601, it will look like the image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565
msgid "For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570
msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573
msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580
msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': [facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 :2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. :5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but missing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:585
msgid "**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all the required fields for your address following the step `3. Set you legal information in the company`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:563
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593
msgid ":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' is not a valid value of the atomic type '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596
msgid "**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for Mexico, fix it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604
msgid ":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is required but missing.\", '')"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578
#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608
msgid "**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and used on the invoice."
msgstr ""
@ -2864,7 +2897,7 @@ msgid "if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automaticall
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111
msgid "How to deprecate an asset?"
msgid "How to depreciate an asset?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113
@ -5058,11 +5091,11 @@ msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91
msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded"
msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93
msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce website"
msgid "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97
@ -5070,7 +5103,7 @@ msgid "Setting your products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99
msgid "Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application."
msgid "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107
@ -5114,7 +5147,7 @@ msgid "Avoid changing every sale order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158
msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer."
msgid "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale of this customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163
@ -5694,7 +5727,7 @@ msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25
msgid "Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
msgid "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30
@ -5702,7 +5735,7 @@ msgid "Multi-companies"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32
msgid "Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules."
msgid "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation reports following your consolidation rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36
@ -5726,7 +5759,7 @@ msgid "International Standards"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54
msgid "Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
msgid "Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60
@ -5734,7 +5767,7 @@ msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62
msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good sold are reported when products are sold/delivered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66
@ -5806,7 +5839,7 @@ msgid "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119
msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority"
msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121
@ -5830,7 +5863,7 @@ msgid "Easy retained earnings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139
msgid "Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
msgid "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgid "Several actions are available:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid "Upgrade"
msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgid "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or n
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
msgid "Rename"
msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Delete a database instantly"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:47
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid "Contact Support"
msgstr ""
@ -88,79 +88,123 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct database already selected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:52
msgid "Duplicating a database"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54
msgid "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" database can duplicate without problem."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid "Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:59
msgid "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid "You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By default, we select the highest available version available for your database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgid "By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:69
msgid "Emails are sent"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
msgid "If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:71
msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76
msgid "Etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:78
msgid "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these behaviours to be disabled."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid "You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data (e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgid "Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:85
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
msgid "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between 30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:93
msgid "Deleting a Database"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:95
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:97
msgid "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily backup may be several hours old at that point."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
msgid "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" button."
msgid "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
msgid "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgid "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116
msgid "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload automatically."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
msgid "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgid "Etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
msgid "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
msgid "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you want to rename, access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
msgid "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
msgid "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
msgid "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
msgid "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
msgid "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
@ -195,7 +239,7 @@ msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account Manager"
msgid "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
@ -207,7 +251,7 @@ msgid "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a develo
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink database\""
msgid "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink database\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
@ -224,7 +268,7 @@ msgid "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a dupl
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
msgid "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear specifying which database is problematic:"
msgid "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID. Please check on your `Odoo Contract <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@ -33,150 +33,150 @@ msgid "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly re
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid "You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating your own email solution with Odoo."
msgid "You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating your own email solution with Odoo. .. note::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:19
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
msgid "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
msgid "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:38
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
msgid "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:42
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders* section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation <https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
msgid "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
msgid "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
msgid "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g. for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
msgid "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
msgid "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
msgid "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
msgid "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value \"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:80
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:84
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
msgid "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
msgid "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid recipients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
msgid "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
msgid "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:97
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
msgid "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
msgid "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
msgid "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment <https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
msgid "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109
msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catcall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
msgid "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
msgid "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to your email providers settings. Leave the *Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
msgid "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
msgid "Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
msgid "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-13 13:31+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@ -253,194 +253,250 @@ msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in San Francisco, Belgium, and India. Questions could be about anything and everything, like specific questions on current Odoo features and where to configure them, bugfix requests, payments, or subscription issues."
msgid "Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232
msgid "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233
msgid "Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
msgid "Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project manager, as part of the Success Pack."
msgid "Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg. “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238
msgid "Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
msgid "Upgrades"
msgid "Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
msgid "Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
msgid "*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
msgid "We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this request."
msgid "Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
msgid "Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251
msgid "Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
msgid "Success Pack Services"
msgid "How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
msgid "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
msgid "Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid "You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
msgid "The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgid "Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266
msgid "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in your Success Pack."
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
msgid "Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275
msgid "We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
msgid "Success Pack Services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282
msgid "The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
msgid "The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294
msgid "The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
msgid "His/her role includes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:272
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
msgid "**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306
msgid "**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your consultant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311
msgid "**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing structures, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315
msgid "**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template prepared by the project manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:290
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318
msgid "If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra services:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
msgid "**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to customize most screens in any way you see fit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:296
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324
msgid "**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers for advanced customizations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
msgid "**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours of your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:305
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
msgid "**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
msgid "If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:314
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
msgid "All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will be deducted from your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:317
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
msgid "In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a developers intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the subscription fee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:325
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353
msgid "**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * $5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:330
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
msgid "We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:335
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
msgid "After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo progressively, by groups of apps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:341
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
msgid "The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan (phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:347
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
msgid "**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the business process and configure according to your specific needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
msgid "**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's project manager will import them in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
msgid "**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and process your feedback."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:366
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
msgid "Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and **automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens and reports**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:370
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398
msgid "Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:376
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404
msgid "Managing your databases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:378
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
msgid "To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases** in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:384
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
msgid "Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment with test data!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:388
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
msgid "For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427
msgid "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here <db_management/documentation>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:403
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431
msgid "Customer Success"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:405
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433
msgid "Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they have all the resources needed to complete their project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:408
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436
msgid "During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project manager and eventually the support team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:411
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439
msgid "Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:418
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446
msgid "Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them a solution that grows with their needs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:421
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:424
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452
msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
msgstr ""

142
locale/sources/livechat.pot Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5
msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
msgid "With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way, you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21
msgid "To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\" and then click on install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27
msgid "The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, operators can easily join and leave the chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34
msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36
msgid "If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
msgid "If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
msgid "Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length of time it takes for the chat to appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
msgid "On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you through the live chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
msgid "Start chatting with customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
msgid "In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
msgid "If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
msgid "In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
msgid "If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch sessions randomly between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
msgid "Use commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
msgid "Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands into the chat. The following actions are available :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
msgid "If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
msgid "Send canned responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
msgid "Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then, to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
msgid "You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website visitors, enjoy !"
msgstr ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

114
locale/sources/portal.pot Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid "In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your Subscriptions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid "To access this section you have to log with your username and password to `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid "The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid "If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid "All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. will be registered under this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid "By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid "All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate you if the invoice has been paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid "Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid "When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
msgid "You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
msgid "By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing information and the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
msgid "To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
msgid "If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on \"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on \"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
msgid "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
msgid "With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
msgid "If you need information about how to manage your database see :ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@ -24,84 +24,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3
msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5
msgid "A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of the project and a positive customer satisfaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10
msgid "For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email. This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be closed more quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20
msgid "The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the **Issue Tracking** modules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31
msgid "Create a project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33
msgid "The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a **support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or **Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client will be able to follow his claim in his portal)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43
msgid "You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51
msgid "Invite followers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53
msgid "You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63
msgid "Set up your workflow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65
msgid "You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77
msgid "Generate issues from emails"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79
msgid "When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87
msgid "If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you will now see the email address under the name of your project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92
msgid "Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a new issue will be created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3
msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?"
msgstr ""
@ -218,6 +140,12 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at ``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the overtime spent on the project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24
#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27
msgid "Install the required applications"
msgstr ""
@ -294,6 +222,11 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the source document of the task is the related sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137
msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114
msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`"
msgstr ""
@ -756,83 +689,79 @@ msgid "In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3
msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?"
msgid "Visualize a project's tasks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5
msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks"
msgid "In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you have to cope with."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7
msgid "Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you have to cope with."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12
msgid "Create a task"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14
msgid "While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17
msgid "The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module application."
msgid "In the project, create a new task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24
msgid "Creating Tasks"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22
msgid "In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26
msgid "Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply open the project and click on create a task."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29
msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32
msgid "You then first give a name to your task, the related project will automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a deadline if there is one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31
msgid "Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks to the Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34
msgid "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which one have the higher priorities."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53
msgid "The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view logo in the upper right corner"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57
msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45
msgid "You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task and indicate if the task is ready."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53
msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55
msgid "Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked to their creation date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
msgid "Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65
msgid "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67
msgid "If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72
msgid "Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks."
msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74
msgid "You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set easily in a single window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82
msgid "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a single window."
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78
msgid "Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
msgid "All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94
#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133
msgid "You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and dropping the task to another case."
msgstr ""
@ -925,6 +854,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47
msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49
msgid "The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the ones having the higher priorities."
msgstr ""
@ -941,6 +874,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, Done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80
msgid "Sort tasks by priority"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82
msgid "On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines."
msgstr ""
@ -965,10 +902,18 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will show you the progression of each task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119
msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121
msgid "If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a single window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128
msgid "All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the related boxes on the right of the calendar view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138
msgid ":doc:`forecast`"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@ -204,10 +204,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26
#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95
#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
@ -600,194 +597,6 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3
msgid "Main Concepts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3
msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11
msgid "Transcript"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13
msgid "As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16
msgid "I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can adapt the offer to fit my clients needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20
msgid "The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within 15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my opportunities more easily."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26
msgid "Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just needs to sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a delivery order automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35
msgid "That's it, I successfully sold my products in just a few clicks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37
msgid "Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And any information related to the transaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42
msgid "If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, something like:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45
msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47
msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49
msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51
msgid "Click on customer statement letter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53
msgid "Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it to my dashboard in just a click."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58
msgid "Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62
msgid "Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and increase your success rate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3
msgid "Overview of the invoicing process"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5
msgid "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or email)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12
msgid "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to create draft invoices:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16
msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18
msgid "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales order. You have different options like:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22
msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the delivery order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25
msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27
msgid "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31
msgid "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36
msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41
msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43
msgid "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on actual Kg)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48
msgid "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57
msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59
msgid "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on the contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67
msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69
msgid "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is received."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75
msgid "Creating an invoice manually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77
msgid "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82
msgid "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create invoices manually in exceptional use cases:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85
msgid "if you need to create a refund"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87
msgid "If you need to give a discount"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89
msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91
msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94
msgid "Others"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96
msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98
msgid "membership: invoice your members every year"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100
msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3
msgid "Products & Prices"
msgstr ""
@ -1048,291 +857,304 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Set taxes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3
msgid "Quotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3
msgid "Online Quotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3
msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9
msgid "Enable Online Quotations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11
msgid "To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18
msgid "You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25
msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27
msgid "The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the corresponding page of your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34
msgid "You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you add."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38
msgid "Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through the inline text editor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45
msgid "You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48
msgid "You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only affect the individual quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52
msgid "Using Online Quotations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54
msgid "To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online quotation, then share it with customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60
msgid "Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the customer views the quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3
msgid "Setup"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3
msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8
msgid "It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16
msgid "First, go to the Sales application, then click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable the multiple address configuration from menu**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24
msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26
msgid "Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33
msgid "A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39
msgid "Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & addresses** tab with distinctive logos."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46
msgid "On the quotations and sales orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48
msgid "When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be filled in when selecting the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56
msgid "Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59
msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3
msgid "How to create my first quotation?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8
msgid "Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13
msgid "For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of ``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18
msgid "This section will show you how to proceed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24
msgid "Install the Sales Management module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26
msgid "In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34
msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36
msgid "Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the chances to convert the prospect into a client."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39
msgid "In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture below) and apply your changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49
msgid "Create your quotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51
msgid "To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55
msgid "Customer and Products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57
msgid "The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** and the discount if applicable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67
msgid "If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71
msgid "To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of contact."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76
msgid "To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on **Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, etc.) along with a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82
msgid "Taxes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84
msgid "To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in percentage) and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93
msgid "Terms and conditions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95
msgid "You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103
msgid "Preview and send quotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105
msgid "If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable PDF version with all your quotation details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113
msgid "Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Configure company data`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118
msgid "Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127
msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128
msgid ":doc:`optional`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129
msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3
msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8
msgid "The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen purchase in one of several locations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18
msgid "Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25
msgid "To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32
msgid "You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39
msgid "Website Sales"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41
msgid "You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* page prior to checkout."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3
msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8
msgid "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal information which include products and company policy so customer can read all those terms before committing to anything."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13
msgid "Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on every quotation, sales order and invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16
msgid "Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and conditions on all your quotations:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20
msgid "*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe storage of the products.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25
msgid "General terms and conditions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27
msgid "General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to the invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31
msgid "To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36
msgid "After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed documents)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3
msgid "eBay"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3
msgid "Send Quotations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3
msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5
msgid "As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer cost effective for you."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11
msgid "Set a deadline"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13
msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19
msgid "Use deadline in templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21
msgid "You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find more info about quotation templates `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29
msgid "On your customer side, they will see this."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3
msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5
msgid "In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their invoice location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10
msgid "Activate the feature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Customer Addresses* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19
msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21
msgid "If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right from the quotation or sales order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30
msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32
msgid "If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under :menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36
msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42
msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44
msgid "These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you send by email or print."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3
msgid "Get paid to confirm an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5
msgid "You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving the time of both your customers and yourself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9
msgid "Activate online payment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Online Signature & Payment* feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17
msgid "Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your acquirers of choice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20
msgid "You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, `Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the `eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31
msgid "If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also pick a default setting for each template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36
msgid "Register a payment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38
msgid "From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3
msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5
msgid "You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a traditional process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10
msgid "Activate online signature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19
msgid "If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a default setting for each template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23
msgid "Validate an order with a signature"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25
msgid "When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online instantly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30
msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3
msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5
msgid "The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11
msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13
msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17
msgid "Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add related products or services."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23
msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26
msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28
msgid "When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the suggested products to the order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37
msgid "The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on any of the little carts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43
msgid "Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or pay to confirm the quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46
msgid "Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales order, letting the salesperson see it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3
msgid "Use quotation templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5
msgid "If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a complete quotation in no time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12
msgid "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19
msgid "Create your first template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21
msgid "You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24
msgid "You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for the quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31
msgid "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration and can be alterated by customer pricelists."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38
msgid "Edit your template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40
msgid "You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the quotation editor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51
msgid "This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated to each product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59
msgid "The description set for the products will be used in all quotations templates containing those products."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63
msgid "Use a quotation template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65
msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70
msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73
msgid "You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77
msgid "Confirm the quotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79
msgid "Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86
msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88
msgid "Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3
msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5
msgid "Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer to read all those terms everything before committing to anything."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11
msgid "Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every quotation, sales order and invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15
msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Default Terms & Conditions*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23
msgid "In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then appear on every quotation, SO and invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33
msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35
msgid "A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39
msgid "You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default attachment for all quotation emails sent."
msgstr ""

View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@ -365,446 +365,442 @@ msgid "HTML Pages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234
msgid "Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the :menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc."
msgid "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
msgid "On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237
msgid "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241
msgid "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the following code:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245
msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247
msgid "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following code:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250
msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253
msgid "Responsive Design"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255
msgid "As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263
msgid "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270
msgid "Browser caching"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272
msgid "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through this URL: `http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css <http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279
msgid "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287
msgid "Scalability"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289
msgid "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to Odoo when it comes to high query volumes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294
msgid "`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296
msgid "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303
msgid "URLs handling"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306
msgid "URLs Structure"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308
msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310
msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312
msgid "With the following components:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314
msgid "**https://** = Protocol"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316
msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318
msgid "**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324
msgid "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329
msgid "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336
msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338
msgid "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341
msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343
msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345
msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product name)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348
msgid "This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352
msgid "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a post):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355
msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357
msgid "In the above example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359
msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361
msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363
msgid "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL (does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by search engines. Example:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367
msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370
msgid "Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375
msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377
msgid "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380
msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382
msgid "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be done to route visitors to the new website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385
msgid "As an example, this URL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387
msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389
msgid "Will automatically redirect to :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391
msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393
msgid "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399
msgid "HTTPS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401
msgid "As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407
msgid "Links: nofollow strategy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409
msgid "Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414
msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416
msgid "Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420
msgid "Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423
msgid "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is \"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428
msgid "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` attribute."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433
msgid "Multi-language support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436
msgid "Multi-language URLs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438
msgid "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be available in different URLs, depending on the language used:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441
msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = default)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443
msgid "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French version)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445
msgid "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450
msgid "Language annotation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452
msgid "To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element pointing to the other versions of that webpage;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457
msgid "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460
msgid "With this approach:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462
msgid "Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466
msgid "You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471
msgid "Language detection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473
msgid "When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478
msgid "Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any redirection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482
msgid "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without using the browser language preferences."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489
msgid "Meta Tags"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492
msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494
msgid "Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and ``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what people search in Google."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500
msgid "In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509
msgid "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for every language of a single page;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512
msgid "In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your blog posts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521
msgid "This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526
msgid "Sitemap"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528
msgid "Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531
msgid "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 chunks per file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537
msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539
msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541
msgid "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this could be the last modification date of the product or the page"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546
msgid "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553
msgid "Structured Data Markup"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555
msgid "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-presented search results."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560
msgid "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563
msgid "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573
msgid "robots.txt"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575
msgid "Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its content is:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578
msgid "User-agent: \\*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580
msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583
msgid "Content is king"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585
msgid "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules to help you build your contents on your website:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588
msgid "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592
msgid "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com landing pages)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596
msgid "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 <https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601
msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604
msgid "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top content of your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609
msgid "Social Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612
msgid "Twitter Cards"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614
msgid "Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618
msgid "Social Network"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620
msgid "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the **Website Admin** application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625
msgid "Test Your Website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634
#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627
msgid "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__"
msgstr ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../applications.rst:3
msgid "Applications"
msgstr "Додатки"

1458
locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,722 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8
msgid "Online Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10
msgid ""
"To manage your databases, access the `database management page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then "
"click on the `Manage Your Databases "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18
msgid ""
"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to"
" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22
msgid "Several actions are available:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28
msgid ""
"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge "
"features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32
msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31
msgid ""
"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new "
"flows without compromising your daily operations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34
msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35
msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
msgid "**Backup**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37
msgid ""
"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases "
"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40
msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42
msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43
msgid "Delete a database instantly"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46
msgid "Contact Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45
msgid ""
"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct "
"database already selected"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51
msgid "Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53
msgid ""
"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the"
" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, "
"click on the \"Upgrade\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60
msgid ""
"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By "
"default, we select the highest available version available for your "
"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will"
" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we "
"released a more recent version during your tests)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66
msgid ""
"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be "
"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will "
"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73
msgid ""
"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test "
"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified "
"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77
msgid ""
"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data "
"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual "
"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81
msgid ""
"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, "
"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on "
"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production "
"database to the new version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89
msgid ""
"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between "
"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your "
"migration during non-business hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96
msgid "Duplicating a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98
msgid ""
"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial "
"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" "
"database can duplicate without problem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103
msgid ""
"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few "
"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have"
" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110
msgid ""
"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a"
" database, all external communication will remain active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113
msgid "Emails are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115
msgid ""
"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for "
"example)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118
msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120
msgid "Etc."
msgstr "І т.д.."
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122
msgid ""
"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these "
"behaviours to be disabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice "
"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129
msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137
msgid "Rename a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139
msgid ""
"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you "
"want to rename, access the `database management page "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have "
"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150
msgid "Deleting a Database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152
msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154
msgid ""
"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The "
"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant "
"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily "
"backup may be several hours old at that point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160
msgid ""
"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, "
"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" "
"button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167
msgid ""
"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you "
"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173
msgid ""
"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177
msgid ""
"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179
msgid ""
"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a "
"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183
msgid ""
"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7
msgid "On-premise Database management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10
msgid "Register a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12
msgid ""
"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in "
"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before"
" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will"
" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-"
"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu "
"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20
msgid "Registration Error Message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22
msgid ""
"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this "
"message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130
msgid "Solutions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33
msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35
msgid ""
"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo"
" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account"
" Manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39
msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41
msgid ""
"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a "
"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45
msgid ""
"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink "
"database\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52
msgid ""
"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database "
"as it will be deactivated shortly:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59
msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190
msgid ""
"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a "
"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64
msgid ""
"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID."
" Please check on your `Odoo Contract "
"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear "
"specifying which database is problematic:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73
msgid ""
"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve "
"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section "
"<duplicate_premise>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76
msgid ""
"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each "
"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and "
"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82
msgid "Error message due to too many users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84
msgid ""
"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo"
" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93
msgid ""
"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The "
"countdown is updated everyday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the "
"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102
msgid "or"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation "
"<https://www.odoo.com "
"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109
msgid ""
"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message "
"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification "
"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown,"
" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the "
"message disappear right away."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116
msgid "Database expired error message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118
msgid ""
"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your "
"subscription, you will encounter this message:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126
msgid ""
"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30"
" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the "
"database is expired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134
msgid ""
"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note "
"that"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133
msgid ""
"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be "
"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit "
"card payments are processed immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136
msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138
msgid ""
"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145
msgid "Force an Update Notification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147
msgid ""
"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-"
"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription"
" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will "
"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause "
"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications "
"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you"
" can force an Update using the following procedure:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154
msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155
msgid ""
"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right "
"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer"
" mode**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158
msgid ""
"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > "
"\"Scheduled Actions\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160
msgid ""
"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on "
"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162
msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165
msgid ""
"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive "
"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this "
"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the"
" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production "
"database will then be correctly identified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174
msgid "Duplicate a database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176
msgid ""
"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your "
"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily "
"duplicate your database (among other things)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184
msgid ""
"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change "
"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this "
"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two "
"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or "
"registration problems down the line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193
msgid ""
"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > "
"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator "
"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to"
" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record "
"by clicking on it and using the edit button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9
msgid ""
"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. "
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
"in use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13
msgid ""
"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) "
"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing "
"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your "
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
"paying one on our online platform)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19
msgid ""
"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo "
"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise "
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online"
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28
msgid ""
"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an "
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34
msgid "Deactivating Users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36
msgid ""
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
"change the status of any of your users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access "
"rights.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|settings|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44
msgid "|browse_users|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52
msgid ""
"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different "
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57
msgid ""
"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as "
"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** "
"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change"
" to **Inactive** immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate "
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able "
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
" access the list of your installed applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82
msgid "|browse_apps|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85
msgid ""
"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your "
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92
msgid ""
"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. "
"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what "
"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its "
"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will "
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
" click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99
msgid ""
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107
msgid "Good to know"
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109
msgid ""
"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can "
"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to "
"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant "
"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we "
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
"operations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115
msgid ""
"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install "
"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you "
"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to "
"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not "
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
"to work properly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122
msgid ""
"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial "
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
msgstr ""

View File

@ -0,0 +1,867 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../discuss.rst:5
msgid "Discuss"
msgstr "Обговорення"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo"
msgstr ""
"Як використовувати свій поштовий сервер для надсилання та отримання "
"електронних листів у Odoo"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5
msgid ""
"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit"
" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike "
"in `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh "
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
msgstr ""
"Ця документація, в основному, націлена на користувачів Odoo, які не "
"користуються нестандартним рішенням для надсилання та отримання електронних "
"листів в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ &"
" `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9
msgid ""
"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly "
"recommend that you opt for such convenient Odoo hosting solutions. Indeed "
"their email system works instantly and is monitored by professionals. "
"Nevertheless you can still use your own email servers if you want to manage "
"your email server's reputation yourself."
msgstr ""
"Якщо ніхто у вашій компанії не використовує керування поштовими серверами, "
"ми настійно рекомендуємо вам вибрати такі зручні рішення хостингу Odoo. "
"Дійсно, їх електронна пошта працює миттєво і контролюється професіоналами. "
"Тим не менше, ви все ще можете використовувати власні поштові сервери, якщо "
"хочете самостійно керувати репутацією свого сервера електронної пошти."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15
msgid ""
"You will find here below some useful information to do so by integrating "
"your own email solution with Odoo. .. note::"
msgstr ""
"Тут ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію для цього, інтегруючи власне "
"рішення електронної пошти з Odoo. .. note::"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24
msgid "How to manage outbound messages"
msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26
msgid ""
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and "
"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to "
"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the "
"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*."
msgstr ""
"Як адміністратор системи, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
"Загальні налаштування` та перевірте *зовнішні сервери електронної пошти*. "
"Потім натисніть *Сервери вихідної пошти*, щоб створити та вказати SMTP-дані "
"вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, "
"натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31
msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server."
msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36
msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr ""
"Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39
msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server"
msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40
msgid ""
"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP"
" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-"
"premise. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43
msgid ""
"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-"
"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-"
"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure"
" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address."
msgstr ""
"Будь ласка, зверніться до `Документації Microsoft "
"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-"
"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-"
"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ для налаштування "
"ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47
msgid "How to use a G Suite server"
msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need "
"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*"
" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation "
"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. "
"Для цього вам необхідно включити ретранслятор SMTP та дозволити будь-які "
"адреси в розділі Дозволені відправники. Етапи налаштування пояснюються в "
"`Документації Google <https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56
msgid "Be SPF-compliant"
msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57
msgid ""
"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability"
" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host "
"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:"
msgstr ""
"Якщо ви використовуєте SPF (Policy Framework для відправників), щоб "
"збільшити продуктивність вихідних електронних листів, не забудьте "
"авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось"
" налаштування для Odoo Online:"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61
msgid ""
"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: "
"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
msgstr ""
"Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1"
" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63
msgid ""
"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g."
" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it "
"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all"
msgstr ""
"Якщо запит SPF TXT вже встановлено, додайте \"include: _spf.odoo.com\". "
"наприклад, для доменного імені, яке надсилає електронні листи через Odoo "
"Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:"
" _spf.google.com ~ all"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67
msgid ""
"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to "
"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar."
msgstr ""
"Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру "
"створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70
msgid ""
"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this "
"usually happens more quickly."
msgstr ""
"Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як "
"правило, відбувається швидше."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73
msgid ""
"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail "
"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF "
"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Додавання декількох записів SPF для домену може спричинити проблеми з "
"доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо "
"використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78
msgid "Allow DKIM"
msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79
msgid ""
"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is "
"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you "
"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have "
"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
msgstr ""
"Ви повинні робити те ж саме, якщо на вашому сервері електронної пошти "
"ввімкнено DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). У випадку з Odoo Online та "
"Odoo.sh, ви повинні додати DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" запис CNAME на "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Наприклад, для \"foo.com\" вони повинні мати "
"запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням "
"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87
msgid "How to manage inbound messages"
msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr ""
"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати "
"вхідні повідомлення."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall "
"alias (**catchall@**)."
msgstr ""
"**Відповіді повідомлень**, відправлених з Odoo, спрямовуються в їх "
"оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) "
"за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in "
"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid "
"recipients."
msgstr ""
"**Відскановані повідомлення** направляються на відмову @, щоб відстежувати "
"їх в Odoo. Це особливо використовується в `Odoo Email "
"Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від"
" недійсних одержувачів."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
"**Оригінальні повідомлення**: для деяких бізнес-об'єктів є власний псевдонім"
" для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної "
"пошти:"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102
msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
"Канал продажів (для створення потенційних клієнтів або нагод в `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__),"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104
msgid ""
"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
msgstr ""
"Підтримка каналу (для створення квитків в `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__),"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page"
"/project-management>`__),"
msgstr ""
"Проекти (для створення нових завдань у `Odoo Project "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__),"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108
msgid ""
"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
msgstr ""
"Вакансії (для створення Заявок в `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__),"
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110
msgid "etc."
msgstr "тощо."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112
msgid ""
"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in your mail server."
msgstr ""
"Залежно від вашого поштового сервера може існувати декілька способів "
"отримання повідомлень електронної пошти. Найпростіший та найбільш "
"рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти "
"на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, "
"bounce@, sales@, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері "
"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118
msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings."
msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for "
"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the "
"form according to your email providers settings. Leave the *Actions to "
"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled "
"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*."
msgstr ""
"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo on-premises, створіть *вхідний поштовий сервер* "
"в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в загальних "
"налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань постачальника"
" послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати* на вхідних "
"листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть на "
"*ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132
msgid ""
"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming "
"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email "
"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, "
"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour "
"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's "
"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to "
"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
msgstr ""
"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo Online або Odoo.sh, ми рекомендуємо "
"переадресовувати вхідні повідомлення на доменне ім'я Odoo, а не виключно "
"використовувати свій власний сервер електронної пошти. Таким чином ви "
"отримаєте вхідні повідомлення без затримки. Дійсно, Odoo Online отримує "
"вхідні повідомлення зовнішніх серверів лише раз на годину. Ви повинні "
"встановити перенаправлення для всіх адрес електронної пошти до доменного "
"імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, "
"*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, "
"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard."
msgstr ""
"Всі псевдоніми можна налаштувати в Odoo. Псевдоніми об'єктів можна "
"редагувати з відповідного виду налаштування. Щоб відредагувати атрибути "
"catchall і bounce, потрібно спочатку активувати режим розробника на панелі "
"керування налаштувань."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147
msgid ""
"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)."
msgstr ""
"Потім оновіть свій екран і перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
"Технічні --> Параметри --> Параметри системи` для налаштування псевдоніму "
"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)."
#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154
msgid ""
"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. "
"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings "
"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: "
"Fetchmail Service*."
msgstr ""
"За замовчуванням вхідні повідомлення завантажуються кожні 5 хвилин в режимі "
"очікування в Odoo. Ви можете змінити це значення в режимі розробника. "
"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Автоматизація -->"
" Заплановані дії` та знайдіть*Mail: Fetchmail Service*."
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3
msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo"
msgstr "Як слідкувати за Twitter в Odoo"
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8
msgid ""
"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the "
"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically "
"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете слідкувати за конкретними хеш-тегами в Twitter і переглядати твіти"
" в межах каналів Обговорення Odoo за вашим вибором. Твіти періодично "
"витягуються з Twitter. Автентифікований користувач може ретвітити "
"повідомлення."
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13
msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side"
msgstr "Налаштування програми зі сторони Twitter"
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15
msgid ""
"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks"
" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to"
" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:"
msgstr ""
"Twitter використовує \"Програму\" зі своєї сторони, яка відкриває шлях, до "
"якого Odoo вимагає твітів, і за допомогою якого користувач може відновити "
"ретвіти. Щоб налаштувати цю програму, перейдіть на сторінку "
"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new і введіть значення:"
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19
msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter"
msgstr "Назва: це назва програми на Twitter"
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21
msgid ""
"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" "
"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at "
"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in"
" this field."
msgstr ""
"Веб-сайт: це зовнішня URL-адреса бази даних Odoo, додавши \"/ web\". "
"Наприклад, якщо ваша версія Odoo розміщена на \"http://www.example.com\", у "
"цьому полі слід додати \"http://www.example.com/web\"."
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25
msgid ""
"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following "
"the previous example you should write "
"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
msgstr ""
"Зворотня URL-адреса: це адреса, на яку Twitter відповідає. Після "
"попереднього прикладу слід написати "
"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"."
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28
msgid ""
"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click "
"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page."
msgstr ""
"Не забудьте прийняти умови використання угоди для розробників та натисніть "
"кнопку **Створити свій додаток Twitter** у нижній частині сторінки."
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33
msgid "Getting the API key and secret"
msgstr "Отримання ключа API та секретності"
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35
msgid ""
"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab."
msgstr ""
"Коли ви на інформаційній панелі програми, перейдіть на вкладку **Токени "
"ключів та доступу**."
#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40
msgid ""
"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General "
"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"Скопіюйте ці значення в Odoo в :menuselection:`Налаштування--> загальні "
"налаштування--> Налаштування обговорення Twitter discuss` and click on "
"**Save** та натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**, щоб зберегти налаштування."
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3
msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages"
msgstr "Як привернути увагу інших користувачів до ваших повідомлень"
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**."
" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item "
"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item "
"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a "
"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a "
"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-"
"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or "
"another channel."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете **згадати** користувача в каналі або в чаті, набравши **@user-"
"name**. Згадуючи користувача в чаті, він встановить його як елемент підписки"
" (якщо він ще не є ним) та надсилають повідомлення на поштову скриньку. "
"Елемент, що містить згадування, також буде виділено жирним шрифтом у вікні "
"списку. Згадування користувача в каналі надсилатиме повідомлення до своєї "
"поштової скриньки. Ви не можете згадати користувача в каналі, який не "
"підписався на канал. Натискання **#channel-name** дасть посилання на "
"згаданий канал у чатах або на іншому каналі."
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15
msgid "Direct messaging a user"
msgstr "Прямий обмін повідомленнями з користувачем"
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17
msgid ""
"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and "
"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the "
"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one "
"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using "
"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is "
"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user "
"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that "
"they are offline."
msgstr ""
"**Прямі повідомлення** - приватні повідомлення, доступні лише відправнику та"
" одержувачу. Ви можете надсилати прямі повідомлення іншим користувачам з "
"модуля Обговорення, створивши нову бесіду або вибравши існуючу з бічної "
"панелі. Прямі повідомлення можна надсилати з будь-якого місця в Odoo за "
"допомогою значка спливаючої підказки у верхній панелі. Статус інших "
"користувачів відображається ліворуч від імені. **Зелена точка** вказує на "
"те, що користувач є онлайн, **помаранчева точка**, в якій вони перебувають в"
" режимі очікування, а **сіра точка** - в автономному режимі."
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28
msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss"
msgstr "Сповіщення на робочому столі з обговорення"
#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30
msgid ""
"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new "
"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of"
" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on "
"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете обрати відображення **настільного сповіщення**, коли ви отримуєте "
"нове пряме повідомлення. У сповіщенні відображається повідомлення "
"відправника та короткий попередній перегляд вмісту повідомлення. Вони можуть"
" бути налаштовані або вимкнені, натиснувши значок приладу в кутку "
"сповіщення."
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3
msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox"
msgstr "Як бути чуйним на роботі завдяки моїм вхідним повідомленням Odoo"
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on "
"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you "
"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox."
msgstr ""
"Використовуйте програму **Вхідні** для обговорення, щоб контролювати "
"оновлення та прогрес у всьому, що ви робите вOdoo. Сповіщення та "
"повідомлення від усього, на що ви підписані або у чому ви згадані, "
"з'являються у папці Вхідні."
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13
msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen."
msgstr "Ви можете стежити за папкою **Вхідні** з будь-якого екрана."
#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it "
"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or "
"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star "
"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters "
"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here."
msgstr ""
"Позначення елемента позначає повідомлення як **прочитане** та видаляє його з"
" папки Вхідні. Якщо ви хочете зберегти об'єкт для подальшого посилання або "
"дії, позначте його зірочкою, щоб додати до поля **Позначення**. Ви можете "
"зібрати будь-яке повідомлення або сповіщення в Обговорення або будь-якого з "
"учасників, що займаються конкретними товарами в Odoo, щоб зберігати тут "
"вкладки."
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3
msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss"
msgstr "Чому потрібно використовувати обговорення"
#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your "
"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with "
"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever "
"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily "
"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team "
"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one "
"simple and searchable interface."
msgstr ""
"Обговорення Odoo - це простий у використанні додаток для обміну "
"повідомленнями для команд, які об'єднують всю вашу організацію в одному "
"місці та без проблем інтегрується із системою Odoo. Обговорення дає змогу "
"надсилати та отримувати повідомлення будь-де, де ви знаходитесь в Odoo, а "
"також легко керувати своїми повідомленнями та повідомленнями в додатку. "
"Обговорення дає змогу створювати **канали** для командних чатів, бесід про "
"проекти, координацію зустрічей тощо в одному простому та доступному для "
"пошуку інтерфейсі."
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3
msgid "Get organized by planning activities"
msgstr "Ставайте ще більше організованими з плануванням дій"
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5
msgid ""
"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get "
"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to "
"undertake."
msgstr ""
"Планування дій - це ідеальний спосіб продовжити роботу. Отримайте "
"нагадування про те, що потрібно зробити, і заплануйте наступні заходи, які "
"потрібно виконати."
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9
msgid ""
"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage"
" your priorities."
msgstr ""
"Ваша діяльність доступна в будь-якому місці, де ви знаходитеся в Odoo. "
"Вашими пріоритетами легко керувати."
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15
msgid ""
"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban "
"views. Here is an example for opportunities :"
msgstr ""
"Діяльність може бути запланована і керована учасниками спілкування та "
"переглядів канбанів. Ось приклад можливостей:"
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22
msgid "Set your activity types"
msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності"
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24
msgid ""
"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. "
"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`."
msgstr ""
"За замовчуванням у Odoo доступні різні типові види діяльності (наприклад, "
"дзвінок, електронна пошта, зустріч та інше). Якщо ви хочете встановити нові,"
" перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування --> "
"Типи діяльності`."
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29
msgid "Schedule meetings"
msgstr "Розклад зустрічей"
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31
msgid ""
"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with "
"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply "
"open to let you select a time slot."
msgstr ""
"Діяльність запланована на певні дні. Якщо вам потрібно встановити години, "
"перейдіть за типом активності *Зустріч*. При плануванні одного, календар "
"буде просто відкритий, щоби дозволити вам вибрати часовий інтервал."
#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure "
"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*."
msgstr ""
"Якщо вам потрібно використовувати інші види діяльності за допомогою "
"планування календаря, переконайтеся, що їх *категорія* встановлена як "
"*Зустріч*."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3
msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels"
msgstr "Як ефективно комунікувати у команді, використовуючи канали"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, "
"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular "
"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see,"
" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете використовувати **канали** для організації обговорень між окремими"
" групами, департаментами, проектами або будь-якою іншою групою, яка потребує"
" регулярного спілкування. Знайшовши бесіди, кожен, хто бачить її у каналі, "
"легко збереже всю команду в циклі з останніми новинками."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12
msgid "Creating a channel"
msgstr "Створення каналу"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14
msgid ""
"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**."
msgstr "В Обговоренні є два типи каналів - **публічні** та **приватні**."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17
msgid ""
"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write "
"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a "
"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only "
"visible to users who have been invited to this channel."
msgstr ""
"**Публічний канал** може бути створений адміністратором лише з правами на "
"запис, і його можуть бачити всі, хто в організації. Навпаки, **приватний "
"канал** може бути створений будь-яким користувачем, і за замовчуванням він "
"відображається лише користувачам, запрошеним на цей канал."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24
msgid ""
"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information"
" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas"
" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to "
"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive "
"information)."
msgstr ""
"Публічний канал найкраще використовується, коли багато працівників повинні "
"мати доступ до інформації (наприклад, міжвідомчі комунікації або компанії), "
"тоді приватний канал повинен використовуватися, коли інформація повинна бути"
" обмежена лише певними користувачами/працівниками (наприклад, департамент "
"або конфіденційна інформація)."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31
msgid "Configuring a channel"
msgstr "Налаштування каналу"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33
msgid ""
"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic "
"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`."
" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view "
"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or"
" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to "
"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would"
" a public channel."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете налаштовувати назву каналу, опис, права доступу, автоматичну "
"підписку та надсилати електронні листи з :menuselection:`#channel-name --> "
"Налаштування`. Змінюючи права доступу до каналу, ви можете контролювати, які"
" групи можуть переглядати кожен канал. Ви можете зробити канал видимим для "
"всіх користувачів, запрошених користувачів або користувачів вибраної групи "
"користувачів. Зауважте, якщо дозволити \"всім\" користуватись приватним "
"каналом, інші користувачі зможуть переглядати та приєднуватися до неї, "
"оскільки це буде відкритим каналом."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47
msgid "How to set up a mailing list"
msgstr "Як налаштувати список розсилки"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49
msgid ""
"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within "
":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like"
" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive "
"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear "
"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send "
"messages by email."
msgstr ""
"Канал можна налаштувати так, щоб він поводився як список розсилки. Зі списку"
" :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Налаштування`, визначте електронне "
"повідомлення, яке ви хочете використовувати. Після цього користувачі зможуть"
" опублікувати в каналі та вибрати отримання сповіщень за допомогою "
"визначеної електронної адреси. Біля назви каналу в списку з'явиться значок "
"конверта, який покаже, що канал надсилатиме повідомлення електронною поштою."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57
msgid "Locating a channel"
msgstr "Пошук каналу"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59
msgid ""
"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of "
"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by"
" clicking the plus icon."
msgstr ""
"Якщо ви не бачите канал на інформаційній панелі, ви можете шукати в списку "
"**загальнодоступних каналів**, щоб знайти потрібний канал або створити новий"
" канал, натиснувши значок +."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66
msgid ""
"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public "
"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public "
"channels from a single screen."
msgstr ""
"Ви також можете натиснути заголовок **КАНАЛИ**, щоб переглянути список всіх "
"публічних каналів. Це дозволяє користувачеві вручну **приєднуватися** і "
"**залишати** публічні канали з одного екрану."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71
msgid ""
"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to "
"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic."
msgstr ""
"Завжди мудро шукати канал, перш ніж створювати новий, щоб не створювати "
"дубльовані записи для однієї теми."
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76
msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss"
msgstr "Використання фільтрів для навігації в обговоренні"
#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78
msgid ""
"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function "
"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and "
"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by "
"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single "
"character wildcard.**"
msgstr ""
"Пошук у верхньому рядку забезпечує доступ до тієї ж всеохоплюючої функції "
"пошуку, що присутня в решті частини Odoo. Ви можете застосувати кілька "
"**критеріїв фільтрації** та **зберігати фільтри** для подальшого "
"використання. Функція пошуку приймає підстановку символів, використовуючи "
"символ підкреслення \"\\ **\\_**\\ \", щоб представляти **підстановку одного"
" символу**."
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about"
msgstr "Як слідкувати за дискусійною темою та визначати, що я хочу почути"
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6
msgid "How to follow a discussion thread"
msgstr "Як слідкувати за темою дискусії"
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7
msgid ""
"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity,"
" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете відстежувати практично будь-який бізнес-об'єкт в Odoo (нагода, "
"комерційна пропозиція, завдання тощо), **додавши** це."
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14
msgid "How to choose the events to follow"
msgstr "Як вибрати події, щоб слідкувати за ними"
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15
msgid ""
"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The "
"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the "
"**Project** app."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете вибрати типи подій, про які ви хочете отримувати повідомлення. "
"Наведений нижче приклад показує параметри, доступні при виконанні "
"**завдання** в додатку **Проект**."
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23
msgid "How to add other followers"
msgstr "Як додати інших підписників"
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24
msgid ""
"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel "
"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a"
" link back to the original document."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете запросити інших користувачів і додавати канали як підписки. "
"Додавання каналу як підписки відправить повідомлення, опубліковані в чаті, "
"до каналу з посиланням на вихідний документ."
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34
msgid "How to be a default follower"
msgstr "Як бути підписником за замовчуванням"
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35
msgid ""
"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In "
"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any"
" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task "
"created, an opportunity won)."
msgstr ""
"Ви автоматично встановлюєте себе як підписника за замовчуванням будь-якого "
"елемента, який ви створюєте. У деяких програмах, таких як CRM та Проект, ви "
"можете стати підписником за замовчуванням будь-якого нового запису, "
"створеного для отримання сповіщень про конкретні події (наприклад, створене "
"нове завдання, виграна нагода)."
#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40
msgid ""
"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel"
" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear "
"about."
msgstr ""
"Щоб це зробити, розпочніть наступний батьківський бізнес-об'єкт (наприклад, "
"канал збуту в CRM, проект у проекті). Потім виберіть події, за якими ви "
"хочете слідкувати."

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../expenses.rst:5
msgid "Expenses"
msgstr "Витрати"

View File

@ -0,0 +1,850 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-10-10 09:08+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../general.rst:5
msgid "General"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth.rst:3
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"Connect to your Google account and go to "
"`https://console.developers.google.com/ "
"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7
msgid ""
"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15
msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20
msgid ""
"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API "
"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25
msgid ""
"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then"
" save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30
msgid ""
"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 "
"Client ID)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38
msgid ""
"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure"
" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40
msgid ""
"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste"
" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. "
"Then click on **Create**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48
msgid ""
"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). "
"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3
msgid "Data Import"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3
msgid "How to adapt an import template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to "
"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with "
"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
"etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Шаблони імпорту надаються в інструменті імпорту найпоширеніших даних для "
"імпорту (контакти, товари, банківські виписки тощо). Ви можете відкрити їх "
"будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, "
"OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)."
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11
msgid "How to customize the file"
msgstr "Як налаштувати файл"
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13
msgid ""
"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
" here below)."
msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID."
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26
msgid ""
"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
msgstr ""
"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши ID "
"послідовність."
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
"corresponding field using the search."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27
msgid ""
"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it "
"work straight away the very next time you try to import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31
msgid "Why an “ID” column"
msgstr "Чому стовпець \"ID\"?"
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33
msgid ""
"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel "
"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36
msgid ""
"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
msgstr ""
"Встановлення ID не є обов'язковим при імпорті, але це допомагає у багатьох "
"випадках:"
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38
msgid ""
"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
"duplicates;"
msgstr ""
"Оновіть імпорт: ви можете імпортувати один і той же файл кілька разів без "
"створення дублікатів;"
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39
msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
msgstr "Поле імпорту відносин (див. Нижче)."
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42
msgid "How to import relation fields"
msgstr "Як імпортувати поля посилання"
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44
msgid ""
"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is "
"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those "
"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
"their own list menu."
msgstr ""
"Об'єкт Odoo завжди пов'язаний з багатьма іншими об'єктами (наприклад, товар "
"пов'язаний із категоріями товарів, атрибутами, постачальниками тощо). Щоб "
"імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи "
"відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку."
#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID "
"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / "
"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
"Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете зробити це, використовуючи ім'я відповідного запису або його ID. "
"ID очікується тоді, коли два записи мають однакове ім'я. У такому випадку "
"додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку стовпця (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:"
" атрибутитовару / атрибут / ID товару)."
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3
msgid "How to import data into Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6
msgid "How to start"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7
msgid ""
"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)"
" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
" and even orders!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11
msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16
msgid ""
"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own "
"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
"already done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22
msgid "How to adapt the template"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24
msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25
msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
"corresponding field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39
msgid ""
"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
"on the very next time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44
msgid "How to import from another application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that "
"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will"
" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54
msgid ""
"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
"whenever possible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62
msgid ""
"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior "
"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes "
"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by"
" default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
"complete list of fields for each column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess"
" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can"
" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be "
"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month "
"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the"
" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
"crash."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit "
"filter settings' > Save)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155
msgid ""
"`CSV file for categories "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Products "
"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
"'Category'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
" of your CSV file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174
msgid ""
"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations "
"you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184
msgid ""
"`File for some Quotations "
"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188
msgid ""
"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192
msgid ""
"`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import "
"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
"assigning the default value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
"person and the company they work for)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a "
"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database</a>)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3
msgid "Basics"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3
msgid "How to add a user"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given "
"point."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9
msgid "Add individual users"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11
msgid ""
"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`"
" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the "
"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -"
" and a picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19
msgid ""
"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access "
"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23
msgid ""
"When youre done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an "
"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click"
" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. "
"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39
msgid ""
"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above "
"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and "
"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link"
" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights "
"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45
msgid ""
"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-"
"users>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46
msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3
msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9
msgid "Load your desired language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11
msgid ""
"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
"instance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14
msgid ""
"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
" to change the navigation language on your website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27
msgid "Change your language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36
msgid ""
"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42
msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45
msgid "Change another user's language"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47
msgid ""
"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
"language."
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50
msgid ""
"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61
msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -0,0 +1,758 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-26 12:01+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5
msgid "Odoo Online Implementation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7
msgid ""
"This document summarizes **Odoo Online's services**, our Success Pack "
"**implementation methodology**, and best practices to get started with our "
"product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11
msgid ""
"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the "
"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't "
"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16
msgid ""
"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this "
"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Розпочати"
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22
msgid ""
"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The"
" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during "
"the implementation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26
msgid ""
"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions"
" by email on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you "
"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31
msgid ""
"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by "
"someone else in your company, contact our support team using our `online "
"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38
msgid ""
"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo "
"database ready to be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41
msgid ""
"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes"
" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities* or "
"*projects/tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the "
"user interface as shown in the picture below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "|left_pic|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47
msgid "|right_pic|"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50
msgid ""
"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation "
"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top "
"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58
msgid "These implementation planners will:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60
msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62
msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps,"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64
msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66
msgid ""
"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations "
"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the "
"implementation process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73
msgid ""
"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you "
"through all the steps. But you can also:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76
msgid ""
"Read the documentation on our website: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79
msgid ""
"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (free with your first Success "
"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional "
"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82
msgid ""
"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel "
"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85
msgid ""
"Or send your questions to our online support team through our `online "
"support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89
msgid "What do we expect from you?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91
msgid ""
"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of "
"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most"
" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95
msgid ""
"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a "
"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is "
"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100
msgid "Your internal implementation manager"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102
msgid ""
"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to "
"work with our project manager on your Odoo implementation. This is to ensure"
" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this "
"person must:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107
msgid ""
"**Be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you "
"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest "
"implementations having a full time project manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111
msgid ""
"**Have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms "
"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small "
"details that need quick turnarounds for answers and if there is too much "
"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company "
"it could potentially seriously slow everything down."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117
msgid ""
"**Have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full "
"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top "
"management."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121
msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123
msgid ""
"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high "
"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an "
"extremist.**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127
msgid ""
"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks"
" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130
msgid ""
"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and "
"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost"
" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden "
"costs of customization."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134
msgid ""
"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was "
"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old "
"system(s) work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138
msgid ""
"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to "
"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after "
"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using "
"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they "
"learn to perform their workflows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is more"
" important to have all your business processes working than customizing a "
"screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few emails."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147
msgid ""
"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and "
"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with"
" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your "
"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with "
"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is "
"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155
msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157
msgid ""
"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are"
" navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and "
"easier your training phases will be."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161
msgid ""
"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra "
"resources:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164
msgid ""
"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167
msgid ""
"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos "
"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170
msgid ""
"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174
msgid "Get things done"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176
msgid ""
"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-"
"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and "
"install the Notes application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184
msgid "This module allows you to:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186
msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188
msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190
msgid ""
"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion "
"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197
msgid ""
"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform "
"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard "
"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202
msgid "What should you expect from us?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205
msgid "Subscription Services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208
msgid "Cloud Hosting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210
msgid ""
"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three "
"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your "
"instance in 10 minutes, and more!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214
msgid ""
"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217
msgid ""
"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security "
"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220
msgid ""
"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226
msgid ""
"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra "
"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure "
"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could"
" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231
msgid "What kind of support is included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:233
msgid ""
"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, "
"etc...)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235
msgid ""
"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg."
" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237
msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:238
msgid ""
"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to "
"misconfiguration or customization)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240
msgid ""
"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer "
"version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242
msgid ""
"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives "
"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:245
msgid "What kind of support is not included?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247
msgid ""
"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to "
"help you implement your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249
msgid ""
"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many "
"resources)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:250
msgid "Importation of documents into your database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:251
msgid ""
"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the "
"database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252
msgid ""
"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, "
"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254
msgid ""
"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done "
"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or "
"involving code)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258
msgid ""
"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com"
"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way"
" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo "
"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263
msgid ""
"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:268
msgid "Upgrades"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:270
msgid ""
"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade "
"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database "
"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:275
msgid ""
"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can "
"evaluate a new version or train your team before the rollout. Simply fill "
"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this "
"request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280
msgid "Success Pack Services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:282
msgid ""
"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a "
"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The initial allotted hours "
"you purchased are purely an estimate and we do not guarantee completion of "
"your project within the first pack. We always strive to complete projects "
"within the initial allotment however any number of factors can contribute to"
" us not being able to do so; for example, a scope expansion (or \"Scope "
"Creep\") in the middle of your implementation, new detail discoveries, or an"
" increase in complexity that was not apparent from the beginning."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:291
msgid ""
"The list of services according to your Success Pack is detailed online: "
"`https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:294
msgid ""
"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the "
"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in "
"your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298
msgid "His/her role includes:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:300
msgid ""
"**Project Management:** Review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of"
" the implementation (roadmap), mapping your business needs to Odoo features."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:304
msgid "**Customized Support:** By phone, email or webinar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:306
msgid ""
"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** Remote trainings via screen "
"sharing or training on premises. For on-premise training sessions, you will "
"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your "
"consultant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:311
msgid ""
"**Configuration:** Decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo "
"and advanced configuration (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing "
"structures, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:315
msgid ""
"**Data Import**: We can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template "
"prepared by the project manager."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:318
msgid ""
"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from the following extra "
"services:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321
msgid ""
"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to "
"customize most screens in any way you see fit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:324
msgid ""
"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio will not allow you to customize "
"the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to developers"
" for advanced customizations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:328
msgid ""
"**Website design:** Standard themes are provided to get started at no extra "
"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the "
"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours "
"of your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:333
msgid ""
"**Workflow automations:** Some examples include setting values in fields "
"based on triggers, sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For"
" very advanced automations, our project managers have access to Odoo "
"developers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338
msgid ""
"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. "
"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded "
"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:342
msgid ""
"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will"
" be deducted from your Success Pack."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345
msgid ""
"In case of customizations that cannot be done via Studio and would require a"
" developers intervention, this will require Odoo.sh, please speak to your "
"Account Manager for more information. Additionally, any work performed by a "
"developer will add a recurring maintenance fee to your subscription to cover"
" maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours spent by"
" the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be added to the"
" subscription fee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:353
msgid ""
"**Example:** A customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 "
"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * "
"$5 = $10/month as a recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:358
msgid "Implementation Methodology"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:360
msgid ""
"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology** that is used to put customers "
"in production in a short period of time and at a low cost."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:363
msgid ""
"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo "
"progressively, by groups of apps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369
msgid ""
"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an "
"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan "
"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set of applications that you "
"will fully use in production at the end of the phase."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375
msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:377
msgid ""
"**Onboarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows "
"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the"
" business process and configure according to your specific needs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:382
msgid ""
"**Data:** Created manually or imported from your existing system. You are "
"responsible for exporting the data from your existing system and Odoo's "
"project manager will import them in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:386
msgid ""
"**Training:** Once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the"
" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some "
"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and "
"process your feedback."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:391
msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394
msgid ""
"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and "
"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens"
" and reports**)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:398
msgid ""
"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable with Odoo, our "
"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new "
"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:404
msgid "Managing your databases"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:406
msgid ""
"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**"
" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412
msgid ""
"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or "
"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment"
" with test data!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:416
msgid ""
"For those purposes, you can create as many free trials as you want (each "
"available for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your "
"working environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My "
"Organizations** page and click **Duplicate**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:427
msgid ""
"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here "
"<db_management/documentation>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:431
msgid "Customer Success"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:433
msgid ""
"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they "
"have all the resources needed to complete their project."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:436
msgid ""
"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project "
"manager and eventually the support team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:439
msgid ""
"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with "
"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client "
"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with"
" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the "
"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..."
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:446
msgid ""
"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them "
"a solution that grows with their needs!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:449
msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:452
msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-03-08 14:28+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5
msgid "Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3
msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9
msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11
msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13
msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19
msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21
msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26
msgid ""
"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar and select \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32
msgid ""
"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team,"
" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. "
"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced,"
" or manually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38
msgid "How to set up different stages for each team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40
msgid ""
"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your "
"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on "
"the lower right-hand side."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47
msgid ""
"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in"
" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you "
"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams "
"allowing for customizable stages for each team!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53
msgid "Start receiving tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56
msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58
msgid ""
"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select "
"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64
msgid ""
"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a "
"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71
msgid ""
"Website Form allows your customer to go to "
"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website "
"form - much like odoo.com/help!"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78
msgid ""
"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your "
"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator "
"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86
msgid ""
"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the "
"documentation `*here* "
"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91
msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93
msgid ""
"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual"
" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to "
"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by "
"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101
msgid ""
"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your "
"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104
msgid ""
"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are "
"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108
msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110
msgid ""
"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is"
" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the "
"Kanban view or on the ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117
msgid ""
"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first "
"activate the setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123
msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125
msgid ""
"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum "
"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132
msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134
msgid ""
"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban "
"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137
msgid "Grey - Normal State"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139
msgid "Red - Blocked"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141
msgid "Green - Ready for next stage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143
msgid ""
"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the "
"Ticket form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150
msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152
msgid ""
"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on "
"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the "
"timesheets will log against."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159
msgid ""
"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your"
" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165
msgid ""
"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this "
"ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169
msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171
msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\""
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176
msgid ""
"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send "
"an email to the customer asking how their service went."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3
msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5
msgid ""
"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance "
"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time "
"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11
msgid "The modules needed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13
msgid ""
"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are "
"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of "
"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19
msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22
msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24
msgid ""
"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to "
":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that "
"the *Timesheets* feature is activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31
msgid ""
"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for "
"it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35
msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37
msgid ""
"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an "
"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to"
" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have "
"previously created as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47
msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49
msgid ""
"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to "
":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the"
" *Units of Measure* feature is activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56
msgid ""
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. "
"Make sure that the product is set as a service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63
msgid ""
"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any "
"unit will do."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66
msgid ""
"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the "
"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following "
"configuration :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73
msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76
msgid "Solve issues and record time spent"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79
msgid "Step 1 : place an order"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81
msgid ""
"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from "
"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> "
"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously"
" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm "
"the sale."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91
msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93
msgid ""
"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new "
"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with"
" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question"
" and select the task on its form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102
msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104
msgid ""
"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours "
"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the "
"*Timesheets* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112
msgid ""
"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the "
"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116
msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client"
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118
msgid ""
"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that"
" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now "
"appear as the delivered quantity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125
msgid ""
"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then "
"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../index.rst:3
msgid "Odoo User Documentation"
msgstr "Користувацька документація Odoo "

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5
msgid "Live Chat"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8
msgid "Chat in live with website visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10
msgid ""
"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website "
"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will "
"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way,"
" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You "
"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is "
"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Налаштування"
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21
msgid ""
"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\""
" and then click on install."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27
msgid ""
"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, "
"operators can easily join and leave the chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34
msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36
msgid ""
"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically "
"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->"
" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the "
"website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45
msgid "Add the live chat to an external website"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47
msgid ""
"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and "
"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the "
"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers "
"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54
msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56
msgid ""
"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, "
"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language "
"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company"
" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length "
"of time it takes for the chat to appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66
msgid "Prepare automatic messages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68
msgid ""
"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed"
" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you"
" through the live chat."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76
msgid "Start chatting with customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78
msgid ""
"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel "
"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on "
"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. "
"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88
msgid ""
"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the "
"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92
msgid ""
"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the "
"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, "
"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96
msgid ""
"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch "
"sessions randomly between them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100
msgid "Use commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102
msgid ""
"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access "
"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands "
"into the chat. The following actions are available :"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106
msgid "**/help** : show a helper message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108
msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110
msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112
msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114
msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116
msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119
msgid ""
"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was "
"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. "
"The same goes for the creation of a lead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124
msgid "Send canned responses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126
msgid ""
"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you "
"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of "
"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> "
"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then,"
" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you "
"assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136
msgid ""
"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website "
"visitors, enjoy !"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -0,0 +1,558 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-12-22 15:27+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing"
msgstr "Виробництво"
#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5
msgid "Manufacturing Management"
msgstr "Управління виробництвом"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials"
msgstr "Як створити специфікацію"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
msgid ""
"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component "
"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to "
"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps."
msgstr ""
"Специфікація (BoM) - це документ, який описує компоненти товару, кількість "
"кожного компонента та процес, необхідний для виготовлення товару, включаючи "
"маршрутизацію та окремі етапи."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
msgid ""
"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM "
"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, "
"describe multiple variants of the same product."
msgstr ""
"В Odoo кожен продукт може мати кілька специфікацій, пов'язаних з ним, але "
"специфікацію можна пов'язати лише з одним продуктом. Одна специфікація може "
"описати кілька варіантів того самого продукту."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14
msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM"
msgstr "Налаштування базової специфікації"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
msgid ""
"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing "
"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For "
"more information about which method of management to use, review the "
"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the "
"documentation."
msgstr ""
"Якщо ви вирішите керувати своїми виробничими операціями лише за допомогою "
"виробничих замовлень, ви визначите основні специфікації без маршрутів. Щоб "
"отримати додаткові відомості про те, який метод управління використовувати, "
"перегляньте документацію **Початок роботи** розділу **Виробництво**."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
msgid ""
"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a "
"product and at least one component (components are considered products in "
"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on "
"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory "
"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have "
"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant "
"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of "
"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of "
"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form."
msgstr ""
"Перед створенням першої специфікації вам доведеться створити продукт і, "
"принаймні, один компонент (компоненти вважаються продуктами в Odoo). Ви "
"можете зробити це за допомогою :menuselection:`Основні дані --> Товари`, або"
" на льоту з відповідних полів у формі BoM. Перегляньте документацію розділу "
"Склад, щоби дізнатися більше про налаштування товарів. Створивши продукт та,"
" принаймні, один компонент, виберіть їх у відповідних спадних меню, щоби "
"додати їх до вашої специфікації. Нова специфікація може бути створена за "
"допомогою :menuselection:`Основні дані --> Специфікація`, або за допомогою "
"кнопки у верхній частині форми продукту."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
msgid ""
"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. "
"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for "
"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** "
"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time."
msgstr ""
"Під вкладкою **Різне** ви можете заповнити додаткові поля. **Послідовність**"
" визначає порядок, в якому ваші BoM будуть обрані для виробничих замовлень, "
"причому нижчі номери мають більш високий пріоритет. **Версія** дозволяє вам "
"відстежувати зміни у вашій специфікації з плином часу."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38
msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM"
msgstr "Додавання маршрутизації до BoM"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40
msgid ""
"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product "
"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be "
"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more "
"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings."
msgstr ""
"Маршрут визначає серію операцій, необхідних для виготовлення продукту та "
"робочого центру, на якому виконується кожна операція. Маршрутизація може "
"бути додана до декількох специфікацій, хоча BoM може мати тільки одну "
"маршрутизацію. Щоб отримати додаткові відомості про налаштування маршрутів, "
"перегляньте розділ про маршрути."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:46
msgid ""
"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, "
"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a "
"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly."
msgstr ""
"Після ввімкнення маршрутів з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`,"
" ви зможете додавати маршрутизацію до специфікації, вибравши маршрут з "
"випадаючого списку або створивши його на льоту."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
msgid ""
"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is "
"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**"
" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be "
"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at "
"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be "
"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing."
msgstr ""
"Ви можете визначити робочу операцію або крок, при якому кожен компонент "
"споживається, використовуючи поле, **Споживане в операції** на вкладці "
"**Компоненти**. Аналогічним чином, ви можете визначити операцію, при якій "
"продукт буде виготовлений під вкладкою **Різне**, за допомогою поля "
"**Створено під час операції**. Якщо це поле залишилося порожнім, продукти "
"будуть споживатися/виготовлятися під час остаточної операції в "
"маршрутизації."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:61
msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM"
msgstr "Додавання побічних товарів до специфікації"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63
msgid ""
"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the "
"primary product."
msgstr ""
"В Odoo побічним продуктом є будь-який товар, вироблений BoM, на додаток до "
"основного продукту."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66
msgid ""
"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from "
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
"Щоб додати побічні продукти до BoM, вам спочатку потрібно буде ввімкнути їх "
"у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:72
msgid ""
"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials "
"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any "
"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step "
"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM."
msgstr ""
"Після включення побічних продуктів ви можете додати їх до своєї "
"спеціалізації під вкладкою **Побічні продукти** специфікації. Ви можете "
"додати будь-який продукт або продукти як побічні продукти. Похідні продукти "
"виробляються на одному етапі маршрутизації як основний продукт BoM."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:81
msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies"
msgstr "Налаштування BoM для продукту з напівфабрикату"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a "
"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-"
"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your "
"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM "
"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM."
msgstr ""
"Напівфабрикат - виготовлений продукт, який призначений для використання як "
"компонент іншого виготовленого продукту. Ви можете використати "
"напівфабрикати для спрощення складного BoM, щоби більш точно відобразити ваш"
" виробничий процес, або використовувати такий самий напівфабрикат у "
"декількох специфікаціях. BoM, який використовує підрозділи, часто називають "
"багаторівневою специфікацією."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:90
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid ""
"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-"
"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the "
"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing"
" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each "
"subassembly is created as well."
msgstr ""
"Багатоступеневі специфікації в Odoo виконуються шляхом створення "
"специфікації і напівфабрикатів вищого рівня. Далі визначається маршрут "
"закупівлі продукту напівфабрикату. Це гарантує, що кожного разу, коли "
"створюється замовлення на виробництво для продукту найвищого рівня, "
"створюється також замовлення на виробництво для кожного підрозділу."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:97
msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM"
msgstr "Налаштування специфікації продукту найвищого рівня"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:99
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21
msgid ""
"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. "
"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each "
"subassembly as you would for any product."
msgstr ""
"Щоб налаштувати багаторівневу специфікацію, створіть продукт найвищого рівня"
" та його специфікацію. Включіть будь-які підрозділи в список компонентів. "
"Створіть BoM для кожного напівфабрикату, як і для будь-якого продукту."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:107
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data"
msgstr "Налаштування даних напівфабрикату"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:109
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31
msgid ""
"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes "
"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes "
"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no "
"effect."
msgstr ""
"На формі продукту напівфабрикату необхідно вибрати маршрути **Виробництво** "
"та **Виготовлення під замовлення**. Маршрут **Виробництво** має пріоритет "
"над маршрутом **Купити**, тому вибір останніх не матиме ефекту."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:117
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
msgid ""
"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to "
"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the "
"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference."
msgstr ""
"Якщо ви хочете, щоби цей напівфабрикат можна було придбати до його "
"виготовлення, виберіть **Можна придбати**. Всі інші поля у формі "
"напівфабрикату можуть бути налаштовані відповідно до ваших уподобань."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product"
msgstr ""
"Використання окремої специфікації для опису декількох варіантів окремого "
"товару"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:125
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`."
msgstr ""
"Odoo дозволяє використовувати одну специфікацію для декількох варіантів того"
" ж продукту. Просто ввімкніть варіанти з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> "
"Налаштування`."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
msgid ""
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
"variants."
msgstr ""
"Після цього ви зможете визначити, які рядки компонентів будуть "
"використовуватися при виготовленні кожного варіанту продукту. Ви можете "
"вказати кілька варіантів для кожного рядка. Якщо не вказано жодного "
"варіанта, рядок буде використовуватися для всіх варіантів."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:137
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
msgid ""
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
msgstr ""
"При визначенні варіанту специфікації на основі рядка-позиції, поле **Варіант"
" продукту** у головному розділі специфікації слід залишити порожнім. Це поле"
" використовується при створенні BoM для одного варіанту продукту."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit"
msgstr "Як продавати набір товарів у комплекті"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. "
"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the "
"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and "
"Manufacturing apps must be installed."
msgstr ""
"*Комплект* являє собою набір компонентів, які доставляються без "
"першочергового збирання або змішування. Комплекти описані в Odoo за "
"допомогою *специфікації*. Існує два основних способи налаштування "
"комплектів, залежно від того, як керувати комплектом продукту. У будь-якому "
"випадку, додатки Склад та Виробництво повинні бути встановлені."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
msgstr "Управління складом компонентів продуктів"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
msgid ""
"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of "
"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing "
"step."
msgstr ""
"Якщо ви хочете збирати комплекти, як вони замовляються, керуючи лише складом"
" *компонентів*, ви будете використовувати специфікацію компонентів без "
"виробничого етапу."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
msgid ""
"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation "
"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left "
"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at "
"right shows the corresponding delivery order."
msgstr ""
"Продукт, який використовує специфікацію компонентів, відображатиметься як "
"окремий рядок у комерційні пропозиції та замовленні клієнта, але створить "
"замовлення на доставку з одним рядком для кожного з компонентів комплекту. У"
" наведених нижче прикладах зображення вище відображає замовлення на продаж "
"для комплекту «Комп'ютерний комплект клієнта», а зображення нижче показує "
"відповідне замовлення на доставку."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24
msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|"
msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Налаштування"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29
msgid ""
"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, "
"create each component product as you would any other product, then create "
"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route "
"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the"
" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot "
"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked."
msgstr ""
"У меню **Товари** в додатку Склад або Виробництво створюйте кожен компонент "
"продукту, як і будь-який інший продукт, а потім створіть продукт найвищого "
"рівня або комплект. Комплект продукту повинен мати тільки маршрут "
"**Виробництво**. Оскільки ви не можете відстежувати запас комплектів "
"продуктів, тип продукту слід встановити на **Споживання**. Оскільки комплект"
" продукту неможливо придбати, а **Можна придбати** не повинен бути "
"відмічений."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37
msgid ""
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
"preference. The component products require no special configuration."
msgstr ""
"Всі інші параметри продукту можуть бути змінені відповідно до ваших "
"уподобань. Компоненти продуктів не вимагають спеціального налаштування."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44
msgid ""
"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit "
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship "
"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with "
"their default values."
msgstr ""
"Після того, як продукти налаштовані, створіть специфікацію для комплекту "
"продукту. Додайте кожен компонент і його кількість. Виберіть тип "
"специфікації **Доставити цей продукт як набір компонентів**. Всі інші "
"параметри можуть бути залишені зі значеннями за замовчуванням."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
msgstr "Управління складом комплектів товару та компонентів"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55
msgid ""
"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use"
" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a"
" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The "
"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product "
"will appear in your stock."
msgstr ""
"Якщо ви хочете керувати складом комплектів продукту найвищого рівня, ви "
"будете використовувати стандартну специфікацію з виробничим кроком, а не "
"специфікацію комплекту. При використанні стандартної специфікації для "
"складання комплектів буде створено замовлення на виробництво. Виробниче "
"замовлення повинно бути зареєстроване як завершене, перш ніж комплект "
"продукту з'явиться на вашому складі."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64
msgid ""
"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select "
"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales "
"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable "
"stock management."
msgstr ""
"На продукті виберіть маршрут **Виробництво**. Ви також можете вибрати "
"**Виготовити на замовлення**, який створить замовлення на виробництво, коли "
"замовлення клієнта буде підтверджено. Виберіть тип продукту **Складський "
"продукт**, щоби дозволити управління запасами."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72
msgid ""
"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture "
"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing"
" order rather than a packing operation."
msgstr ""
"Коли ви створюєте специфікацію, виберіть тип специфікації виробництва "
"**Виробництво цього продукту**. Збір комплекту описується замовленням на "
"виробництво, а не операцією пакування."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3
msgid "How to process a manufacturing order"
msgstr "Як обробляти замовлення на виробництво"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Загальний огляд"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8
msgid ""
"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way "
"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing "
"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise "
"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing "
"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, "
"performed in an order defined by **routings**."
msgstr ""
"Є два основні способи управління виробництвом в Odoo. Перший спосіб керує "
"роботою тільки з одним документом. Цей документ є **замовленням на "
"виробництво**. Другий спосіб використовує додаткові документи, щоб дати вам "
"більш точний контроль над виробничим процесом. Таким чином, **замовлення на "
"виробництво** поділяються на один або більше етапів, визначених **робочими "
"замовленнями**, виконаними у порядку, визначеному **маршрутами**."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17
msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings"
msgstr "Як управляти виробництвом без маршрутів"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19
msgid ""
"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the "
"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in "
"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by "
"work orders and routings."
msgstr ""
"Ви, швидше за все, будете використовувати замовлення на виробництво без "
"маршрутів, якщо вся робота з виготовлення вашого продукту виконується в "
"одному місці, на одну людину в один крок, та/або вам не потрібен детальний "
"контроль, який забезпечується робочими замовленнями та маршрутами."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24
msgid ""
"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There "
"are two basic phases from planning to production:"
msgstr ""
"Управління вашими операціями у такий спосіб є типовим процесом в Odoo. Існує"
" два основні етапи від планування до виробництва:"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52
msgid "Create manufacturing orders"
msgstr "Створення замовлень на виробництво"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29
msgid "Record Production"
msgstr "Запис виробництва"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32
msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders"
msgstr "Як управляти виробництвом з маршрутами та робочими замовленнями"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34
msgid ""
"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage"
" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and "
"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create "
"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed."
msgstr ""
"Щоб використовувати замовлення та маршрути, вам потрібно буде ввімкнути "
"опцію **Управління виробництвом за робочими замовленнями** з "
":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. Після цього ви зможете "
"додавати маршрути до специфікації та налаштовувати деякі додаткові пов'язані"
" поля. Ви також зможете створювати **робочі центри**, місця, де виконуються "
"робочі замовлення."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41
msgid ""
"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is "
"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity "
"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level."
msgstr ""
"При виробництві з маршрутами та робочими замовленнями, кожне робоче "
"замовлення заплановано індивідуально. Ви також матимете доступ до планування"
" часу та можливостей, а також звітувати про вартість та ефективність на "
"рівні робочого центру."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45
msgid ""
"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When "
"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component "
"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added"
" step of scheduling work orders."
msgstr ""
"Виробництво з використанням маршрутів можна розбити на кілька кроків. Під "
"час налаштування вашої специфікації вам потрібно буде додати маршрут, який "
"визначає замовлення на склад компонентів. Після планування замовлення на "
"виробництво ви отримаєте додатковий крок для планування робочих замовлень."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50
msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:"
msgstr "Таким чином, робочий процес поділяється на три основні етапи:"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54
msgid "Schedule the associated work orders."
msgstr "Розклад пов'язаних робочих замовлень."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56
msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production."
msgstr "Виконання запланованої роботи та запис продукції."
#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
msgstr "Як керувати специфікацією для варіантів товару"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
msgid "How to manage semi-finished products"
msgstr "Як керувати напівфабрикатами"
#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM"
msgstr "Налаштування специфікації товару найвищого рівня"
#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Загальний огляд"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6
msgid "My Odoo Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8
msgid ""
"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between "
"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your "
"Subscriptions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11
msgid ""
"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to "
"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just "
"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr "Комерційні пропозиції"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22
msgid ""
"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a "
"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to "
"your database or if your contract has to be renewed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29
msgid ""
"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that"
" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you "
"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful "
"information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36
msgid ""
"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the "
"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask"
" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41
msgid "Sales Orders"
msgstr "Замовлення на продаж"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43
msgid ""
"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. "
"will be registered under this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49
msgid ""
"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products "
"purchased and process the payment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53
msgid "Invoices"
msgstr "Рахунки"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, "
"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate "
"you if the invoice has been paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62
msgid ""
"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the "
"invoice or download a PDF version of the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66
msgid "Tickets"
msgstr "Квитки"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68
msgid ""
"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find "
"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our "
"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77
msgid "Subscriptions"
msgstr "Підписки"
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79
msgid ""
"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first "
"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85
msgid ""
"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding"
" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing "
"information and the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89
msgid ""
"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter "
"the new credit card details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95
msgid ""
"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on "
"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on "
"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102
msgid ""
"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided"
" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will "
"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method"
" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will "
"no longer be able to access the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109
msgid "Success Packs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110
msgid ""
"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to "
"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution "
"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These "
"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116
msgid ""
"If you need information about how to manage your database see "
":ref:`db_online`"
msgstr ""

View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../practical.rst:3
msgid "Practical Information"
msgstr "Практична інформація"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 9.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 13:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: Alina Semeniuk <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n"
#: ../../recruitment.rst:5
msgid "Recruitment"
msgstr "Рекрутинг"

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More